WO1998047487A1 - A novel bioadhesive drug delivery system based on liquid crystals - Google Patents

A novel bioadhesive drug delivery system based on liquid crystals Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1998047487A1
WO1998047487A1 PCT/DK1998/000159 DK9800159W WO9847487A1 WO 1998047487 A1 WO1998047487 A1 WO 1998047487A1 DK 9800159 W DK9800159 W DK 9800159W WO 9847487 A1 WO9847487 A1 WO 9847487A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
composition
composition according
substance
phase
weight
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/DK1998/000159
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Lise Sylvest Nielsen
Original Assignee
Dumex-Alpharma A/S
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dumex-Alpharma A/S filed Critical Dumex-Alpharma A/S
Priority to AU69195/98A priority Critical patent/AU6919598A/en
Priority to JP54475798A priority patent/JP2001524958A/en
Priority to EP98914850A priority patent/EP0975331A1/en
Priority to CA002286052A priority patent/CA2286052A1/en
Publication of WO1998047487A1 publication Critical patent/WO1998047487A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/10Dispersions; Emulsions
    • A61K9/127Liposomes
    • A61K9/1274Non-vesicle bilayer structures, e.g. liquid crystals, tubules, cubic phases, cochleates; Sponge phases

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a drug delivery system containing a liquid crystalline phase such as a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse micellar liquid crystalline phase.
  • a liquid crystalline phase such as a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse micellar liquid crystalline phase.
  • the compositions are unique in that they as delivery system contains A) a substance which is capable of generating a liquid crystalline phase and providing suitable biopharmaceutical properties like e.g.
  • the present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to or through a damaged or undamaged skin or mucosal surface or to the oral cavity including the teeth of an animal such as a human.
  • the composition is particularly suited for administration of substances which have a very low water solubility and which are to be supplied in an effective amount in a localized region over a period of time.
  • the present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to a mammal such as a human.
  • the composition is unique in that it contains i) a substance which together with a liquid medium such as e.g. water is capable of forming a liquid crystalline phase at room temperature and ii) a so-called st ⁇ icturant which is capable of participating in the formation of the liquid crystalline phase at room temperature.
  • a liquid medium such as e.g. water
  • a so-called st ⁇ icturant which is capable of participating in the formation of the liquid crystalline phase at room temperature.
  • the invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition in which it is possible to incorporate relatively large amount of certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients without significantly changing the biopharmaceutical properties of the composition.
  • WO 95/26715 it is known that certain fatty acid esters have bioadhesive properties which are suitable for use in pharmaceutical compositions.
  • WO 97/13528 (published on 17 April 1997 corresponding to the priority date of the present application) discloses pharmaceutical compositions containing active drug substances having a relatively low solubility in water at a pH of between 3.0 and 9.5 such as, e.g., between 3.2 and 9.3, between 3.4 and 9.1 or between 3.6 and 9 and having a relatively high release rate of the active drug substance for a suitable and sufficiently long period of time.
  • compositions disclosed in the above-mentioned international patent application are all based on a content of a fatty acid ester which is sufficient to enable a formation of a liquid crystalline phase either in the composition itself or in situ after application of the composition in the form of a so-called precursor composition.
  • formulation considerations such as, e.g., viscosity, dosage form aspects etc.
  • patient acceptability considerations such as, e.g., appearance, taste, tolerability etc.
  • a substance which is capable of generating a liquid crystalline phase together with a suitable liquid medium is not a simple routine for a person skilled in the art if the biopharmaceutical properties of the compositions (such as, e.g., release properties, bioadhesive properties and appropriate storage stability properties) still have to be maintained. In general, especially stability properties have been observed if such excipients which normally is used within the pharmaceutical field have been added to the liquid crystalhne phase.
  • an aqueous medium serves as a liquid medium with which the fatty acid ester forms the liquid crystalhne phase
  • the inventor has, however, observed difficulties in reducing the concentration of fatty acid ester in the composition below a certain limit (for glycerylmonooleate.
  • the limit has been found to be about 60-65% by weight in non-precursor compositions) without getting a two phase system, e.g. a cubic phase in excess water.
  • a structurant is, accordingly, not a substance which merely is enveloped or enclosed in the composition and which, accordingly, would result in a dilution of the crystalline liquid medium which jn turn may result in a composition having a reduced bioadhesiveness compared with the parent composition where no substitution of the liquid crystalline phase-forming substance content has taken place.
  • a structurant is capable of ensuring that a substitution of a certain amount of the fatty acid ester does not result in a deterioration of the content and pharmaceutical function of the liquid crystalline phase formed by e.g. a fatty acid ester and a liquid medium.
  • the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to or through a nail or a damaged or undamaged skin or mucosal surface of a mammal (such as an animal or a human), the composition comprising
  • a second substance which, together with a liquid medium, is capable of generating a hquid crystalline phase in which the constituents of the composition are enclosed, the liquid crystalline phase being selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse micellar liquid crystalline phase,
  • a structurant which together with said second substance and a hquid medium is capable of forming a liquid crystalhne phase selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse micellar hquid crystalline phase; and
  • the composition either being one in which the liquid crystalline phase has been generated by the second substance and the structurant together with a sufficient amount of a liquid medium originally present in the composition, or the composition being in a precursor form in which the second substance and the structurant have not generated the liquid crystalline phase, but are capable of forming the hquid crystalhne phase in situ with moisture from the surface on which the composition is applied, the moisture in this case constituting at least part of the liquid medium,
  • the pH of the liquid crystalhne phase being in the range of 3.0-9.5 such as, e.g., 3.2-9.3, 3.4-9.1 or 3.6-9.0, determined as described herein,
  • the active substance having i) a first solubility in the liquid crystalline phase of at the most 20 mg/g at 20°C, and
  • a second solubility in water of at the most 10 mg/ml at 20°C the water, where applicable, being buffered to a pH in a range of 3.0-9.5 such as, e.g., 3.2-9.3, 3.4-9.1 or 3.6-9.
  • the composition is not one consisting of either a) 5% by weight of acyclovir and 95% by weight of a glycerylmonooleate/water/lecithin (55/35/10% w/w) formulation, wherein the glycerylmonooleate product is DIMODAN® GMO-90 and the lecithin is Epikuron 200, or b) 5% by weight of acyclovir and 95% by weight of a glycerylmonooleate/water/d- ⁇ - tocopherylpolyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate (65/35% w/w glyceiylmonooleate/water plus 5% w/w d- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethyleneglycol 1000
  • the present invention is not limited to pharmaceutical compositions containing drug substances having a relatively low solubility in water at a pH of between about 3.0 and 9.5 such as, e.g. between about 3.6 and 9.
  • a pH of between about 3.0 and 9.5 such as, e.g. between about 3.6 and 9.
  • the present inventor has found it possible also to obtain pharmaceutical compositions having suitable biopharmaceutical properties as well as a suitable storage stability, i.e. the compositions do not separate into at least two distinct phases within a well-defined period of time and under well-defined environmental conditions.
  • the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to a mammal, the composition comprising
  • a first substance which is the active substance
  • a second substance which together with a liquid medium is capable of forming a hquid crystalhne phase at roo n temperature
  • the liquid crystalhne phase being selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse micellar liquid crystalline phase,
  • liquid crystalhne phase selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse micellar liquid crystalhne phase,
  • liquid crystalline phase selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal and a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse liquid crystalline phase,
  • the composition either being one in which the hquid crystalhne phase has been generated by the second substance in combination with the structurant and together with a sufficient amount of the hquid medium originally present in the composition, or the composition being in a precursor form in which the second substance and the structurant have not generated the liquid crystalhne phase, but are capable of forming the liquid crystalhne phase in situ with moisture from the site at or to which the composition is administered, the moisture in this case constituting at least part of the liquid medium, and
  • the composition being substantially homogeneous and having such a physical stability that substantial no irreversible phase separation into two or more distinct phases can be observed visually after storage of the composition at 25°C and 60% relative humidity for one week.
  • the content of the substance which is capable of generating a liquid crystalline phase i.e. the substance denoted "second substance" which e.g. is a fatty acid ester
  • second substance which e.g. is a fatty acid ester
  • the content of the substance which is capable of generating a liquid crystalline phase can be reduced by incorporating at least 5% by weight of certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and such a reduction of the content of e.g. fatty acid ester does not significantly deteriorate or negatively influence the biopharmaceutical properties of the composition.
  • the effect of such pharmaceutically acceptable excipients is most likely a diluting effect of the content of the liquid crystalline phase present in the composition while no significant diluting effect is observed with respect to the biopharmaceutical properties of the composition (e.g. release properties, bioadhesion, storage stability).
  • the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to a mammal, the composition comprising
  • a second substance which together with a liquid medium - at room temperature is capable of forming a liquid crystalhne phase selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse micellar hquid crystalhne phase,
  • the composition either being one in which the hquid crystalhne phase has been generated by the second substance together with a sufficient amount of the liquid medium originally present in the composition, or the composition being in a precursor form in which the second substance has not generated the hquid crystalline phase, but is capable of forming the liquid crystalline phase in situ with moisture from the site at or to which the composition is administered, the moisture in this case constituting at least part of the liquid medium,
  • composition being substantially homogeneous and having such a physical stability that substantial no irreversible phase separation into two or more distinct phases can be observed visually after storage of the composition at 25°C and 60% relative humidity for one week,
  • a liquid medium may optionally be present.
  • the composition is in the form of a so-called "precursor composition", i.e. a composition in which a liquid crystalline phase has not been generated but which upon application to or on the mammal is capable of generating a liquid crystalhne phase by means of moisture or body fluid present on the apphcation site.
  • precursor composition i.e. a composition in which a liquid crystalline phase has not been generated but which upon application to or on the mammal is capable of generating a liquid crystalhne phase by means of moisture or body fluid present on the apphcation site.
  • the compositions of the invention may also be presented in precursor form even if a liquid medium is included in the composition.
  • the concentration of the liquid medium is too low to enable a formation of the liquid crystalhne phase in the composition or the hquid medium is of a type with which the second substance does not form a liquid crystalhne phase.
  • the liquid crystalline phase is formed in situ after application to the mammal by means of the moisture or body fluid present on the apphcation site.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention are intended for administration to a mammal such as a human.
  • the underlying formulation principle of compositions according to the invention is so generally applicable that composition suitable for almost any apphcation site or administration route can be prepared by means of methods well known in the pharmaceutical practice.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention are intended for application to or through undamaged or damaged skin or mucosa of an animal such as a human.
  • the mucosa is preferably selected from oral, buccal, nasal, vaginal, rectal, aural, lung, and gastrointestinal mucosa.
  • the skin or mucosa may also be inflamed.
  • the composition may also be administered to body cavities such as the oral cavity or by the buccal route.
  • the composition may be applied on or at a tooth or a dental pocket.
  • composition according to the invention may also be applied to a nail of an animal such as a human.
  • liquid crystalhne phase As mentioned above an important property of a composition according to the present invention is its ability to generate a liquid crystalhne phase.
  • liquid crystalline phase as used herein is used to denote an intermediate state between solid crystals and isotropic liquids, characterized by long-range order and short-range properties close to those of a simple liquid or solution (Keller et al., Handbook of Liquid Crystals, Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, Germany, 1980).
  • the main component in a composition according to the invention - which is responsible for the formation of a liquid crystalhne phase - is the so-called "second substance".
  • another component in a composition according to aspects of the invention may also be capable of forming a hquid crystalhne phase.
  • Such a substance is in the present context denoted a "structurant”.
  • a structurant takes part in the liquid crystalline phase generated by the second substance, but need not be able to generate a liquid crystalhne phase in compositions without any second substance present.
  • a structurant may generate a quite different liquid crystalhne phase than the second substance under the same conditions and in such a case, the present inventor has observed that the liquid crystalhne phase generated by a composition of the invention is the one of the second substance.
  • the second substance may be responsible for what kind of hquid ciystalline phase a composition will generate or ii) the second substance may together with the structurant generate a liquid crystalhne phase of a different kind than expected taken the nature of the second substance into account.
  • the classes of substances and examples of specific substances which are suitable for use as second substances may of course also be suitable for use as structurants (and vice versa) provided that the specific requirements claimed are fulfilled.
  • Suitable substances with an excellent ability of forming a liquid crystalhne phase are fatty acid esters like, e.g., glyceryl monoesters of fatty acids.
  • Other substances which have ability of forming a hquid crystalhne phase are found among amphiphilic substances such as polar hpids, surfactants and emulsifiers.
  • Specific examples of glyceryl monoesters of fatty acids include glycerylmonooleate (monoolein) and glycerylmonolinoleate.
  • Such fatty acid esters are capable of forming various crystalhne phases upon contact with a hydrophilic medium such as water or glycerol. As will be explained in further detail below, these fatty acid esters also show so-called bioadhesive properties.
  • Liquid crystalhne phases may be a cubic (three cubic liquid crystalhne phases are well- characterised: i) the body-centred lattice, ii) the primitive diamond lattice, and hi) the gyroid), reverse cubic, hexagonal, reverse hexagonal, lamellar, micellar or reverse micellar phase.
  • cubic hquid crystalhne phase herein is meant a thermodynamically stable, viscous and optically isotropic phase made of a suitable substance such as, e.g., a fatty acid ester and a liquid medium such as, e.g., an aqueous medium.
  • the cubic hquid crystalhne phase is contemplated to be build up of closed reversed micelles.
  • aqueous medium includes media containing water or another hydrophilic and water-miscible substance such as, e.g., glycerol.
  • hexagonal phase and reverse hexagonal phase are used herein to describe thermodynamically stable, viscous and optically anisotropic phases characterized by long-range order in two dimensions and made of a suitable substance such as, e.g., a fatty acid ester and a liquid medium such as, e.g., an aqueous medium.
  • the term “lamellar phase” is characterised by a long-range order in one dimension. The lamellar structure is the origin of liposomes having spherical shells of lipid bilayers.
  • the various liquid crystalline phases can be detected and identified by use of polarized light or by means of X-ray diffraction pattern analysis (see, the Examples herein).
  • the cubic liquid crystalhne phase is normally the preferred phase in the compositions of the invention, but also, e.g., the reverse hexagonal and the reverse cubic liquid crystalhne phase may be an interesting liquid crystalhne phase in the compositions according to the invention, notably in compositions which are in precursor form.
  • the so-called "second substance" for use in compositions according to the invention may be a fatty acid ester which is capable of forming a liquid crystalhne phase on contact with a suitable liquid medium.
  • the liquid of the liquid medium is suitably water, glycerol or an aqueous medium.
  • An aqueous medium is a medium containing water at least in part.
  • a medium with which the liquid crystalline phase is made may, especially for the precursor embodiment of the composition, at least in part be constituted by any body fluid or secretion which contains water and with which upon apphcation the composition comes into contact, such as, e.g. in the case of a human body fluid, saliva, sweat, gastric juice, etc.
  • the body fluid may induce formation of a hquid crystalhne phase when a second substance such as a fatty acid ester is contacted with such a hquid.
  • a composition according to the invention will be one in which the hquid crystalhne phase is already present, that is, the liquid crystalhne phase has already been established by interaction between a hquid medium present in the composition and the second substance such as a fatty acid ester.
  • the hquid of the hquid medium may typically be, e.g., water or glycerol or a mixture thereof, water often being a preferred liquid.
  • the fatty acid esters capable of generating a hquid crystalline phase as evidenced by one of the test methods described herein are fatty acid esters (i.e. composed of a fatty acid component and a hydros-containing component) wherein the fatty acid component of the fatty acid ester is a saturated or unsaturated fatty acid having a total number of carbon atoms of from C 6 to C 26 .
  • saturated fatty acid moieties in the fatty acid esters according to the invention are selected from the group consisting of moieties of caproic acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, arachidic acid, and behenic acid.
  • unsaturated fatty acid moieties in the fatty acid esters according to the invention are moieties selected from the group consisting of palmitoleic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and arachidonic acid.
  • Particularly suitable fatty acid esters for use in compositions according to the invention are fatty acid esters which are selected from the group consisting of fatty acid esters of polyhydric alcohols, fatty acid esters of hydroxycarboxylic acids, fatty acid esters of monosaccharides, fatty acid esters of glycerylphosphate derivatives, fatty acid esters of glycerylsulfate derivatives, and mixtures thereof.
  • the hydroxy-containing component of the fatty acid ester is polyvalent, the hydroxy-containing component may be partially or totally esterified with a fatty acid component or with mixtures of fatty acid components.
  • the polyhydric alcohol component of the fatty acid ester for use in compositions according to the invention is preferably selected from the group consisting of glycerol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3- propanediol, diacylgalactosylglycerol, diacyldigalactosylglycerol, erythritol, xylitol, adonitol, arabitol, mannitol, and sorbitol.
  • the fatty acid esters formed from such polyhydric alcohols may be mono- or polyvalent such as, e.g., divalent, trivalent, etc.
  • fatty acid monoesters have proved to have bioadhesive properties and are therefore preferred fatty acid esters for use in compositions according to the invention.
  • the position of the polyvalent alcohol on which the ester bond(s) is(are) established may be any possible position. In those cases where the fatty acid ester is a diester, triester, etc. the fatty acid components of the fatty acid ester may be the same or different. In a most preferred aspect of the present invention, the polyhydric alcohol component is glycerol.
  • fatty acid esters for use in compositions according to the invention and wherein the hydroxy-containing component is a polyhydric alcohol are glycerylmonooleate, glycerylmonolinoleate, glycerol monohnoleate, and mixtures thereof. These fatty acid esters have especially promising bioadhesive properties, confer the Examples herein.
  • the hydroxycarboxylic acid component of the fatty acid ester is preferably selected from the group consisting of malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, lactic acid, and sorbic acid.
  • a fatty acid ester for use in compositions according to the invention is a fatty acid monoester of citric acid.
  • the hydroxy-containing component of a fatty acid ester for use in compositions according to the present invention may also be a saccharide, such as a monosaccharide such as, e.g., glucose, mannose, fructose, threose, gulose, arabinose, ribose, erythrose, lyxose, galactose, sorbose, altrose, tallose, idose, rhamnose, or allose.
  • a saccharide such as a monosaccharide such as, e.g., glucose, mannose, fructose, threose, gulose, arabinose, ribose, erythrose, lyxose, galactose, sorbose, altrose, tallose, idose, rhamnose, or allose.
  • the fatty acid ester is preferably a fatty acid monoester of a monosaccharide selected from the group consisting of sorbose, galactose, ribose, and rhamnose.
  • the hydroxy-containing component of a fatty acid ester for use in compositions according to the invention may also be a glycerylphosphate derivative such as, e.g., a phospholipid selected from the group consisting of phosphatidic acid, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidylinositole, and diphosphatidylglycerol.
  • a glycerylphosphate derivative such as, e.g., a phospholipid selected from the group consisting of phosphatidic acid, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidylinositole, and diphosphatidylglycerol.
  • DEPE dielaidoyl-sn-glycerol-3-phosphoethanolamine
  • DMPE PEG 550
  • PEG 550 l,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine-N-(polyethylene glycol)550
  • Especially interesting compounds having a phospholipid moiety are compounds wherein the fatty acid ester is a fatty acid ester of a glycerylphosphate derivative, and the fatty acid component is selected from the group consisting of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and behenic acid.
  • Examples of such useful fatty acid esters are dioleyol phosphatidylcholine, dilauryl phosphatidylcholine, dimyristyl phosphatidylcholine, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylchohne, distearoyl phosphatidylchohne, dibehenoyl phosphatidylcholine, dimyristyl phosphatidylethanolamine, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylethanolamine, dioleyl phosphatidylglycerol, dilauryl phosphatidylglycerol, dimyristoyl phosphatidylglycerol, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylglycerol, distearoyl phosphatidylglycerol, dipalmitoyl phosphatic acid and mixtures thereof.
  • fatty acid esters for use in compositions according to the invention are well-known chemical compounds which are commercially available or may be prepared by means of conventional esterification procedures involving e.g. reaction of a fatty acid derivative such as, e.g., the corresponding acid chloride with a hydroxy-containing compound (if necessary protected with suitable protection groups) and subsequently isolating the fatty acid ester, if necessary after removal of any protecting group.
  • a fatty acid derivative such as, e.g., the corresponding acid chloride
  • a hydroxy-containing compound if necessary protected with suitable protection groups
  • glycerylmonooleate from Danisco Ingredients A/S, Denmark is a very pure product containing about 98% w/w monoesters of which more than about 80% w/w (such as about 92% w/w) is glycerylmonooleate; the remaining monoesters are glycerylmonolinoleate, glyceryl monopalmitate and glyceryl monostearate.
  • the fatty acid ester products for use in compositions according to the invention may thus be mixtures of fatty acid esters. Examples of fatty acid esters with excellent bioadhesive properties as well as an excellent ability of forming a liquid crystalhne phase are glyceryl monoesters of fatty acids.
  • glycerylmonooleate (monoolein) and glycerylmonolinoleate.
  • fatty acid esters are capable of forming various crystalhne phases upon contact with a hydrophilic medium such as water or glycerol, a preferred liquid crystalhne phase being the cubic hquid crystalhne phase.
  • compositions according to the invention are compositions in which the fatty acid ester is glycerylmonooleate or glycerylmonolinoleate, in particular glycerylmonooleate.
  • the stability of the composition is considerably enhanced, such as resulting in a storage stability of at least 2 years at 25°C, when the glycerylmonooleate product (as is well known, fatty acid esters are almost invariably mixed products) contained in the product fulfils certain purity standards.
  • the glycerolmonooleate product used for the preparation of the composition should contain at the most 4% of saturated monoglyceride and should preferably contain at least 88% of glycerylmonooleate, more preferably at least 89%, such as at least 90% or at least 91%, in particular at least 92%, of glycerylmonooleate.
  • the hquid medium is either not present at all or is present in small amounts, such as an amount of at least 0.5% by weight, such as at least 1% by weight, calculated on the total composition, e.g. at least 2% by weight, calculated on the total composition, or up to at least 5% or in certain cases at least 10%, calculated on the total composition.
  • the hquid medium is normally present in an amount of at least 20% by weight, calculated on the total composition, such as at least 25% or at least 30% by weight, calculated on the total composition, and a preferred amount is often in the range of 25- 50% such as 25-40% by weight, in particular 25-35%, 27-40%, 27-35% or 30-40% by weight, calculated on the total composition.
  • the concentration of the second substance in a composition according to the invention is at least about 10% by weight such as, e.g., at least 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, or 70% by weight calculated on the composition.
  • the concentration of the second substance in the composition is in a range corresponding to from about 10% to about 90% such as, e.g. about 15%-85%, about 20%-80%, about 25%-75%, about 25%-70%, about 25%-65%, about 25%-60%, about 25%-55%, about 30%- 50%, about 35%-55%, about 30%-45% or about 30%-40% by weight based on the total composition.
  • the maximal concentration of the second substance in the composition is at the most about 60% such as, e.g. at the most about 55%, about 50%, about 45%, about 40%, about 35%, about 30%, about 25% or about 20% by weight based on the total composition.
  • the gist of the present invention relates to the use of certain substances as substitutes for at least a part of the substance (e.g. a fatty acid ester) which is capable of forming a liquid crystalline phase.
  • the fatty acid ester component is substituted by so-called structurants then the lattice structure of the liquid crystalline phase formed in the composition (or in situ if the composition is a precursor composition) is not only based on the fatty acid ester itself but the structurant takes part in this lattice.
  • the structurant imparts the lattice structure to the composition and, thus, the content of lattice structure in the composition is of the same order of magnitude as if no substitution has taken place.
  • active substances or additives When adding active substances or additives to a composition which is capable of forming a hquid crystalhne phase, the general observation is that the active substance or additive is enclosed or enveloped in the composition without participating in the formation of the lattice structure.
  • such substances can only be present in the composition to a certain extent beyond which the substance will exert a negative influence on the formation of a hquid crystalhne phase resulting in that either no hquid crystalhne phase is formed or the biopharmaceutical properties of the composition are negatively influenced.
  • substances can be incorporated in a concentration of at the most about 10% by weight without any significant change in the ability of the composition to form a hquid crystalline phase or to undergo a phase transition.
  • a structurant participates in the liquid crystalline structure preferably formed together with a fatty acid ester.
  • a suitable structurant is typically an amphiphilic substance having a molecular weight of at the most 2000 or an emulsifier or a surfactant.
  • Tensides anionic, cationic, non-ionic like e.g. sorbitan esters, sorbitan macrogol esters (polysorbates)), polar lipids, glycolipids, lechitins, palmitoyl muramic acid (PMA), substances having surface active properties like e.g.
  • cellulose derivatives sorbitan oleate, sorbitan laurate, lanolin and derivatives thereof and ethoxylated derivatives of lanolin (Aqualose W20, Aqualose L30 and Aqualose L75) are also examples of suitable structurants for use in compositions according to the invention.
  • Sorbitan esters are a series of mixtures of partial esters of sorbitol and its mono- and di- anhydrides with fatty acids. Examples of suitable sorbitan esters for use as structurants in a composition according to the invention are:
  • Polysorbitan fatty acid esters are a series of fatty acid esters or sorbitol and its anhydrides copolymerized with approximately 20 moles of ethylene oxide for each mole of sorbitol and its anhydrides.
  • suitable polysorbates for use in the present context are:
  • a liquid medium such as, e.g., water
  • the polysorbates may be dissolved or dispersed therein.
  • a structurant should possess a hydrophilic as well as hydrophobic portion.
  • a useful structurant normally have the following molecular characteristics:
  • Chains alkyl chains (saturated or unsaturated), polyethylene chains and/or polyoxyethylene chains
  • sugar oxyethylene, glycerol, hydroxy, polyhydroxy, amino acid, sulfates, and/or phosphates.
  • Suitable structurants are also found among the substances which normally are denoted emulsifiers.
  • the structurant has a saturated or unsaturated, branched or unbranched, substituted or unsubstituted C 6 -C 2 e-alkyl chain, and/or the structurant is a compound which contains a polyethylene group.
  • an important property of a structurant which is suitable for use in compositions according to the present invention is its solubility in the second substance such as e.g. a fatty acid ester or mixtures of fatty acid esters. It is believed that the two components (i.e. the second substance and the structurant) should be miscible (or compatible) and "like each other" in order to be able to cooperate when the lattice structure is formed.
  • the solubility of the structurants in the second substance like e.g. a fatty acid ester or mixtures of fatty acid esters should preferably be at least about 15%, such as at least about 20% or about 25% by weight at 60°C.
  • the structurant is a substance which - together with the second substance hke a fatty acid ester and a liquid medium - is capable of forming a cubic liquid crystalline phase.
  • the preferred structurants are substances which - in a two component system of the structurant as a first component and water as a second component - are capable of forming a non-cubic liquid crystalline phase.
  • a requirement for the structurant is not that it is capable of forming the same liquid crystalhne phase at room temperature as the second substance.
  • a substance hke Vitamin E TPGS - which is a very important structurant in this context and which in itself together with water is not capable of forming a cubic liquid crystalhne phase at room temperature - together with fatty acid esters (as second substances) and water forms a cubic liquid crystalline phase.
  • structurants are substances which - in a two component system of the structurant and water - do not form a cubic liquid crystalhne phase at a temperature of between 20-40°C.
  • composition according to the invention may of course also comprise more than one structurant such as, e.g., a combination of two or more structurants.
  • the concentration (of the structurants) in the composition is at least 1% by weight such as, e.g., at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, or 55% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
  • the concentration range is typically in a range of from about 1% to about 60% such as, e.g., from about 5% to about 55%, from about 5% to about 50%, from about 5% to about 45%, from about 7.5% to about 40%, or from about 10% to about 35% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
  • the maximal concentration of a structurant in the composition is at the most about 45% by weight such as, e.g., at the most least about 40% or about 35% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
  • compositions comprising e.g. glyceryl monooleate (GMO)/water without any content of a structurant must have a concentration of the GMO of at least 60-65% by weight in order to have a certain suitable and acceptable storage stability and/or to avoid an excess of water present in the composition.
  • GMO glyceryl monooleate
  • the present inventor has found that when e.g. GMO is substituted by a structurant, compositions having a concentration of e.g. GMO below and well below 60% by weight have shown to be stable for at least one week at room temperature and 60% relative humidity.
  • the stability of the composition is the physical stability, i.e. stability with respect to phase separation (i.e. not necessarily change in liquid crystalhne phase) into two or more distinct phase.
  • phase separation must be irreversible, i.e. no reestablishment of a homogeneous composition can be observed visually by shaking the composition at room temperature for 2 days and the distinct phases formed by either be liquid, semi-solid or solid phases.
  • a physical instability of the composition may be due to a change in the liquid crystalline phase present in the composition.
  • Such a change in the liquid crystalline phase may either be due to i) a chemical change of either the second substance or the structurant, ii) a negative influence on the liquid crystalhne phase by any component included in the composition, or iii) the fact that the concentration of the constituents of the composition is near a point in the phase diagram where the liquid crystalhne phase changes from one phase to another or is destroyed (i.e.
  • a composition according to the invention is substantially homogeneous and has such a physical stability that substantial no irreversible phase separation into two or more distinct phases can be observed visually after storage of the composition at 25°C and 60% relative humidity for one week or at least for one week such as, e.g., at least two weeks, 1 month, 1 year or preferably at least 2 years at 25°C.
  • the total concentration of the substances - which together with each other and an liquid medium such as, e.g., water are capable of generating a liquid crystalline phase - in a composition according the invention is typically at least about 50% by weight based on the weight of the total composition.
  • the total concentration of the second substance such as, e.g., a fatty acid ester or mixture of fatty acid esters and the structurant(s) is at least 50% by weight based on the total composition.
  • compositions wherein the liquid crystalline phase has been generated by a hquid medium present in the composition and wherein the total concentration of the second substance like e.g. a fatty acid ester or mixture of fatty acid esters and the structurant(s) is at least 50% such as at least 55%, 60%, 65%, 70% or 75% by weight based on the total composition.
  • the second substance like e.g. a fatty acid ester or mixture of fatty acid esters and the structurant(s) is at least 50% such as at least 55%, 60%, 65%, 70% or 75% by weight based on the total composition.
  • compositions according to the invention may also be in a precursor form.
  • examples of interesting compositions are those wherein the total concentration of the fatty acid ester or mixture of fatty acid esters and the structurant(s) is at least 50% such as at least 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95% or 99.5% by weight based on the total composition.
  • a suitable structurant for use in a composition according to the invention are, e.g., a phospholipid selected from the group consisting of phosphatidic acid, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidylinositol, and diphosphatidylglycerol.
  • DEPE dielaidoyl-sn-glycerol-3-phosphoethanolamine
  • DMPE PEG 550
  • PEG 550 l,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine-N-(polyethylene glycol)550
  • the structurant may be a fatty acid ester of a glycerylphosphate derivative or a glycerylsulfate derivative, and the fatty acid component is selected from the group consisting of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and behenic acid.
  • fatty acid ester is selected from the group consisting of dioleyol phosphatidylcholine, dilauryl phosphatidylcholine, dimyristyl phosphatidylcholine, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine, distearoyl phosphatidylcholine, dibehenoyl phosphatidylcholine, dimyristyl phosphatidylethanolamine, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylethanolamine, dioleyl phosphatidylglycerol, dilauryl phosphatidylglycerol, dimyristoyl phosphatidylglycerol, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylglycerol, distearoyl phosphatidylglycerol, dipalmitoyl phosphatic acid and mixtures thereof.
  • a presently preferred type of structurant is phosphatidylcholine such as, e.g., a phosphatidylcholine containing product hke Epikuron 200, Epikuron 145, Lipoid S75 or Lipoid S100.
  • the concentration of the structurant is preferably in a range of from about 1 to about 75% such as, e.g., from about 5 to about 55%, from about 5% to about 35% or from about 10 to about 20% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
  • tocopherols Another group of substances which are suitable structurants for use in a composition according to the invention is tocopherols.
  • tocopherols is used to broadly include all Vitamin E or Vitamin E-hke substances, derivatives and analogs thereof.
  • the term includes all tocol and tocotrienol derivatives such as e.g. methyl tocol.
  • a tocopherol is selected from the group consisting of ⁇ -tocopherols, sorbitan esters of tocopherols, d- ⁇ -tocopherol, d,l- ⁇ -tocopherol, d- ⁇ -tocopherol acetate, d,l- ⁇ -tocopherol acetate, d- ⁇ -tocopherol succinate, d,l- ⁇ -tocopherol succinate, d- ⁇ -tocopherol nicotinate, d,l- ⁇ - tocopherol nicotinate, tocopherylpolyethylene glycol succinate such as d- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol succinate or d,l- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol succinate, and derivatives such as fatty acid ester derivatives and analogues thereof.
  • the tocopherylpolyethylene glycol succinate is selected from the group consisting of: d- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 200 succinate, d,l- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 200 succinate, d- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 300 succinate, d,l- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 300 succinate, d- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 400 succinate, d,l- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 400 succinate, d- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 500 succinate, d,l- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 500 succinate, d- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 600 succinate, d,l- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 600 succinate, d,l- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 600 succinate, - _ d- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 700
  • Preferred tocopherols for use in a composition according to the present invention are d- ⁇ - tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1000 succinate (in the following denoted vitamin E TPGS or simply TPGS) or d,l- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1000 succinate.
  • a composition according to the invention containing a tocopherol as a structurant has typically a concentration of the tocopherol of at the most about 30% such as at the most about 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%, 2.5% or 1% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
  • Presently preferred compositions according to the invention are those wherein the structurant is a combination of vitamin E TPGS and a phosphatidylcholine containing product such as ⁇ e.g., Epikuron 200.
  • the concentration of vitamin E TPGS is generally in a range corresponding to from about 1% to about 30% such as, e.g., from about 5% to about 25%, from about 5% to about 20% or from about 10% to about 20% by weight and the concentration of Epikuron 200 is in a range corresponding to from about 2.5% to about 40% such as, e.g., about 5% to about 25% or from about 10% to about 20% by weight based on the total composition.
  • an aspect of the invention relates to compositions wherein at least a part of the substance which together with a liquid medium such as, e.g., water is capable of forming a liquid crystalline phase at room temperature can be substituted by certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient to a composition containing a liquid crystalhne phase or a precursor composition will normally lead to a disruption in the liquid crystalhne phase. Therefore, such substance is generally only added in very small concentrations such as, e.g., about 1-5% by weight based on the total composition.
  • concentration of such excipients may be at least about 5% by weight such as, e.g, at least about 8%, 9%, 10%, 15% or 20% by weight.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may either i) be soluble in the second substance or in the hquid crystalline phase, i.e. having a solubility of more than about than about 15% such as more than about 25%, 30% or 50% by weight in the second substance (or liquid crystalhne phase) at 60°C, or ii) have a relative low solubility in the second substance such as, e.g., a solubility of less than 15% such as less than about 12.5%, 10%, 7.5%, 5% or 1% by weight in the second substance at 60°C. More specifically, the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient may have a solubility of less than about 15% such as less than about 10%, about 5%, about 2.5%, about 1%, or about 0.5% by weight in the liquid crystalhne phase at room temperature.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are found e.g. among inert diluents or fillers selected from the group consisting of sucrose, sorbitol, sugar, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, starches including potato starch, calcium carbonate, sodium chloride, lactose, calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, sodium phosphate, and a polysaccharide such as, e.g., carmelose, a chitosan, a pectin, xanthan gum, a carrageenan, locust bean gum, acacia gum, a gelatin, an alginate, anjd dextrans and salts thereof.
  • inert diluents or fillers selected from the group consisting of sucrose, sorbitol, sugar, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, methyl
  • a in composition according to the above-mentioned aspect of the invention the concentration of the second substance in the composition is at the most about 60% such as, e.g., at the most about 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, or 10% by weight based on the total composition.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically excipients which are soluble in the second substance or in the liquid crystalhne phase are e.g. sorbitan esters such as, e.g., polysorbates; and macrogols.
  • solvents like e.g., water, glycerol, alcohols like e.g. ethanol and isopropylalcohol are examples of a liquid medium and are not intended to be examples of soluble pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • a composition according to the invention may optionally comprise a liquid medium.
  • a liquid medium may be present in compositions in which a liquid crystalhne phase between the second substance and the hquid medium has been generated as well as in the so- called precursor compositions in which the liquid crystalhne phase has not been generated in the composition but is to be formed upon administration of the composition to a mammal.
  • any hquid medium present in the precursor composition may or may not take part in the formation of a liquid crystalhne phase together with any moisture from the apphcation site or body fluid present at or on the apphcation site.
  • a liquid medium is present in a concentration of at least about 0.5% by weight, such as at least about 1%, at least about 2%, at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25% or at least about 30% by weight, calculated on the total composition.
  • a liquid medium normally is present in a concentration of 20%- 50% such as, e.g., about 25%-35% about 25%-30% or about 30%-40% by weight, calculated on the total composition.
  • a liquid medium is present in a concentration of 25%- 40% such as, e.g, about 25-35%, about 30%-40% or 27%-37% by weight, calculated on the total composition.
  • Generally preferred liquid media which participate in the formation of a liquid crystalhne phase are water, glycerol, alcohols like e.g. ethanol and mixtures thereof.
  • active substance is intended to mean any biologically or pharmacologically active substance or antigen-comprising material; the term includes drug substances which have utility in the treatment or prevention of diseases or disorders affecting animals or humans, or in the regulation of any animal or human physiological condition and it also includes any biologically active compound or composition which, when administered in an effective amount, has an effect on living cells or organisms.
  • antiherpes virus agents which have been or are developed for the treatment of herpes virus infections [herpes simplex virus types 1 and 2 (HSV-1 and HSV-2), varicella zoster virus (VZV), cytomegalovirus (CMV), Epstein-Barr virus (EBV)].
  • the antiherpes virus agents include antiviral drugs and prodrugs thereof, such as nucleosides, nucleoside analogues, phosphorylated nucleosides (nucleotides), nucleotide analogues and salts, complexes and prodrugs thereof; e.g.
  • guanosine analogues deoxyguanosine analogues, guanine, guanine analogues, thymidine analogues, uracil analogues and adenine analogues.
  • Especially interesting antiherpes virus agent for use either alone or in combination in a composition according to the present invention are selected from acyclovir, famciclovir, deciclovir, penciclovir, zidovudin, ganciclovir, didanosin, zalcitabin, valaciclovir, sorivudine, lobucavir, brivudine, cidofovir, n- docosanol, ISIS-2922, and prodrugs and analogues thereof. Details concerning active substances suitable for use in connection with the present invention as well as a description of other interesting active substances are given below.
  • an antiviral drug such as a nucleoside or a nucleoside analogue, e.g. selected from acyclovir, famciclovir, deciclovir, penciclovir, zidovudin, ganciclovir, didanosin, zalcitabin, valaciclovir, sorivudine, lobucavir, brivudine, cidofovir, n-docosanol, ISIS-2922 and salts and prodrugs thereof.
  • a nucleoside or a nucleoside analogue e.g. selected from acyclovir, famciclovir, deciclovir, penciclovir, zidovudin, ganciclovir, didanosin, zalcitabin, valaciclovir, sorivudine, lobucavir, brivudine, cidofovir, n-docosanol, ISIS-2922 and salts and prodrugs
  • interferons and variants thereof including alpha interferon, beta interferon, and gamma interferon,
  • a listing of substances of potential interest comprises substances of the following groups:
  • anti-inflammatory drugs such as, e.g., ibuprofen, indomethacin, naproxen, diclofenac, tolfenamic acid, piroxicam, and the hke;
  • narcotic antagonists such as, e.g., naloxone, nalorphine, and the like; antiparkinsonism agents such as, e.g., bromocriptine, biperidin, benzhexol, benztropine, and the like;
  • antidepressants such as, e.g., imipramine, nortriptyline, pritiptylene, and the like;
  • antibiotic agents such as, e.g., clindamycin, erythromycin, fusidic acid, gentamicin, mupirocien, amfomycin, neomycin, metronidazole, silver sulphadiazine, sulphamethizole, bacitracin, framycetin, polymycin B, acitromycin, and the like;
  • antifungal agents such as, e.g., miconazol, ketoconazole, clotrimazole, amphotericin B, nystatin, mepyramin, econazol, fluconazol, flucytocine, griseofulvin, bifonazole, amorolfine, mycostatin, itraconazole, terbenafine, terconazole, tolnaftate, and the hke;
  • antifungal agents such as, e.g., miconazol, ketoconazole, clotrimazole, amphotericin B, nystatin, mepyramin, econazol, fluconazol, flucytocine, griseofulvin, bifonazole, amorolfine, mycostatin, itraconazole, terbenafine, terconazole, tolnaftate, and the hke;
  • antimicrobial agents such as, e.g., metronidazole, tetracyclines, oxytetracycline, and the like;
  • antiemetics such as, e.g., metoclopramide, droperidol, haloperidol, promethazine, and the like;
  • antihistamines such as, e.g., chlorpheniramine, terfenadine, triprolidine, and the like;
  • antimigraine agents such as, e.g., dihydroergotamine, ergotamine, pizotyhne, and the like;
  • vasodilators such as, e.g., nifedipine, diltiazem, and the like;
  • antianginals such as, e.g., glyceryl nitrate, isosorbide denitrate, molsidomine, verapamil, and the hke;
  • calcium channel blockers such as, e.g., verapamil, nifedipine, diltiazem, nicardipine, and the like;
  • hormonal agents such as, e.g., estradiol, estron, estriol, polyestradiol, polyestriol, dienestrol, diethylstilbestrol, progesterone, dihydroergosterone, cyproterone, danazol, testosterone, and the like;
  • contraceptive agents such as, e.g., ethynyl estradiol, lynestrenol, etynodiol, norethisterone, mestranol, norgestrel, levonorgestrel, desogestrel, medroxyprogesterone, and the like;
  • antithrombotic agents such as, e.g., heparin, warfarin, and the like;
  • diuretics such as, e.g., hydrochlorothiazide, flunarizine, minoxidil, and the like; antihypertensive agents such as, e.g., propanolol, metoprolol, clonidine, pindolol, and the like;
  • corticosteroids such as, e.g., beclomethasone, betamethasone, betamethasone-17-valerate, betamethasone-dipropionate, clobetasol, clobetasol-17-butyrate, clobetasol-propionate, desonide, desoxymethasone, dexamethasone, diflucortolone, flumethasone, flumethasone-pivalate, fluocinolone acetonide, fluocinonide, hydrocortisone, hydrocortisone- 17-butyrate, hydrocortisone- buteprate, methylprednisolone, triamcinolone acetonide, budesonide, halcinonide, fluprednide acetate, alklometasone-dipropionate, fluocortolone, fluticason-propionate, mometasone-furate, desoxymethasone, diflurason-
  • dermatological agents such as, e.g., nitrofurantoin, dithranol, choquinol, hydroxyquinoline, isotretionin, methoxsalen, methotrexate, tretionin, trioxsalen, salicylic acid, penicillamine, and the like;
  • steroids such as, e.g., estradiol, progesterone, norethindrone, levonorgestrol, ethynodiol, levenorgestrel, norgestimate, gestanin, desogestrel, 3-keton-desogestrel, demegestone, promethoestrol, testosterone, spironolactone, and esters thereof,
  • nitro compounds such as, e.g., amyl nitrates, nitroglycerine and isosorbide nitrates,
  • opioid compounds such as, e.g., morphine and morphine-like drugs such as buprenorphine, oxymorphone, hydromorphone, levorphanol, fentanyl and fentanyl derivatives and analogues,
  • prostaglandins such as, e.g., a member of the PGA, PGB, PGE, or PGF series such as, e.g., misoprostol, dinoproston, carboprost or enaprostil,
  • a benzamide such as, e.g., metoclopramide, scopolamine,
  • a peptide such as, e.g., growth hormone releasing factors, growth factors (epidermal growth factor (EGF), nerve growth factor (NGF), TGF, PDGF, insulin growth factor (IGF), fibroblast growth factor (aFGF, bFGF, etc.), and the like), somatostatin, calcitonin, insulin, vasopressin, interferons, IL-2, urokinase, serratiopeptidase, superoxide dismutase (SOD), thyrotropin releasing hormone (TRH), luteinizing hormone releasing hormone (LH-RH), corticotrophin releasing hormone (CRF), growth hormone releasing hormone (GHRH), oxytocin, erythropoietin (EPO), colony stimulating factor (CSF), and the like,
  • growth hormone releasing factors epidermal growth factor (EGF), nerve growth factor (NGF), TGF, PDGF, insulin growth factor (IGF),
  • a xanthine such as, e.g., caffeine, theophylline, a catecholamine such as, e.g., ephedrine, salbutamol, terbutaline,
  • a dihydropyridine such as, e.g., nifedipine
  • a thiazide such as, e.g., hydrochlorotiazide, flunarizine,
  • compositions of the invention may also comprise combinations of active substances, e.g. an active substance together with a potentiator therefor.
  • any substance which has a therapeutic or prophylactic activity may be incorporated in the composition.
  • the active substance of the composition of the invention is a substance which has a low solubihty in the liquid crystalhne phase such as, e.g., at the most about 20 mg/g at 20°C, at the most 15 mg/g at 20°C, e.g. at the most 10 mg/g at 20°C or lower, such as at the most 7 mg/g, 6.5 mg/g, 6 mg/g, 5..5 mg/g, 5 mg/g at 20°C. e.g. at the most 4 mg/g at 20°C or even at the most 3 mg/g or 2 mg/g or 1 mg/g at 20°C.
  • a low solubihty in the liquid crystalhne phase such as, e.g., at the most about 20 mg/g at 20°C, at the most 15 mg/g at 20°C, e.g. at the most 10 mg/g at 20°C or lower, such as at the most 7 mg/g, 6.5 mg/g, 6 mg/g, 5..5 mg/
  • the determination of the solubihty of the active substance in the hquid crystalhne phase of the composition is, of course, performed on the liquid crystalhne phase as formed. In practice, this means that when the composition is one in which the hquid crystalhne phase has already been formed when the composition is apphed, the determination of the solubihty is performed on the composition itself.
  • the determination of the solubihty is suitably performed by microscopy to observe any crystals of the active substance.
  • the determination of the concentration at which crystals are observed is performed after a period of at least one week after preparation of the composition or the liquid crystalhne phase, or when equilibrium has been established. Normally, a series of tests with varying concentrations is performed to determine the concentration above which crystals are found.
  • the liquid crystalhne phase used as a reference in the solubility determination is a liquid crystalhne phase imitating the liquid crystalhne phase which will be formed when the composition absorbs liquid from the site of apphcation.
  • This reference liquid crystalhne phase is made up with water (as representing the liquid absorbed) in such an amount that the reference liquid crystalhne phase is the same type of liquid crystalhne phase as is generated from the precursor composition.
  • the concentrations will, of course, be higher.
  • the pH of the liquid crystalhne phase of the composition is in the range of 3.0-9.5 such as, e.g., 3.2-9.3, 3.4-9.1 or 3.6-9. At lower pH values, the composition may be irritating to the skin or mucosa on which it is apphed; at higher pH values, the composition may be irritating and may also directly be etching.
  • the pH of the hquid crystalhne phase is determined by a method involving dispersing e.g. 10% of the liquid crystalhne phase (containing the active substance and any excipients) in distilled water and measuring the pH in the water phase, equilibration between the liquid crystalhne phase and a water phase and measuring the pH of the water phase at 20°C (e.g. using a rotomat for 2 hours).
  • the pH of the liquid crystaUine phase may be measured by means of an suitable pH electrode (see the Examples).
  • the upper hmit of the pH of the liquid crystalhne phase is 8. It is also preferred that the lower hmit of the pH is 3.0 or higher, and thus, interesting pH ranges for the liquid crystalhne phase are pH 3.0-8, such as, e.g., 3.1-8, 3.2-8, 3.3-8, 3.4-8, 3.5-8, 3.6-8, 3.7- 8, 3.8-8, 3.9-8, 4.0-8, 4.1-8, 4.2-8, 4.3-8, 4.5-8, 4.75-8, or 5.0-8.
  • the solubihty of the active substance in water is very low, at the most 10 mg/g at 20°C and at a pH substantially identical to the pH of the liquid crystalhne phase, determined as described herein. While a pH range is stated above for the liquid crystalhne phase, it will be understood that by the water solubihty of the active substance is meant the water solubihty at the relevant pH, which is a pH substantially identical to the pH which will prevail in the composition, in other words, the pH of the liquid crystalhne phase, this pH being determined as described herein.
  • the water is adjusted to substantially the pH of the liquid crystalhne phase by using a suitable buffer system when determining the solubihty of the active substance.
  • This buffer system should of course be so selected that, apart from the pH adjustment, it has substantially no influence on the solubihty of the active substance in the buffered water.
  • composition according to the present invention is very valuable in that it can provide a high release of active substances of very low water solubihty, such as a solubihty of at the most 7 mg/g, such as at the most 5 mg/g at 20°C and at a pH substantially identical to the pH of the hquid crystaUine phase, determined as described herein.
  • solubihty such as a solubihty of at the most 7 mg/g, such as at the most 5 mg/g at 20°C and at a pH substantially identical to the pH of the hquid crystaUine phase, determined as described herein.
  • the active substance has an minimum aqueous solubihty of at the most 10 mg/ml such as, e.g., 7 mg/ml, 5 mg/ml, 3 mg/ml and 1 mg/ml at 20°C and at a pH in a range corresponding to 3.0-9.5 such as, e.g. having a pH between 3.2 and 9.3, between 3.4 and 9.1 or between 3.6 and 9.0.
  • the determination of the minimum aqueous solubility is performed by use of suitable buffers which are capable of maintaining the pH at the desired value and measures are taken to ensure that equilibrium is obtained between the undissolved and dissolved active substance, i.e. by employment of ultrasonic treatment and/or stirring for a well-defined time period.
  • compositions according to the invention contains one or more antiherpes virus agent(s) as an active substance.
  • antiherpes virus agents are mentioned above and acyclovir is of particular importance.
  • Acyclovir (9-[2- hydroxyethoxy)methyl]-guanine, an acyclic analogue to the natural nucleoside 2'- deoxyguanosine, is a widely used agent in the treatment of herpes virus infections.
  • Compositions for oral, topical and intravenous administration are available. The delivery characteristics of acyclovir following administration by these routes are, however, far from being optimal probably due to the poor aqueous solubihty and/or low lipophilicity of acyclovir.
  • the solubility of acyclovir in water is about 1.5 mg/ml at 22°C and the partition coefficient (P) between octanol and 0.02 M phosphate buffer pH 7.4 (21°C) is about 0.03.
  • P partition coefficient between octanol and 0.02 M phosphate buffer pH 7.4
  • the active substance of low solubihty is normally present in the composition in an amount in the range of from 1-20% by weight, usually 1-15% by weight.
  • a preferred composition according to the invention is a composition in which the active substance is acyclovir, the second substance is a the fatty acid ester and a liquid medium is present in the composition.
  • the fatty acid ester is preferably a glycerylmonooleate product having a glycerylmonooleate content of at least 88% such as, e.g., at least about 89, 90%, 91% or 92% by weight and a content of saturated monoglycerides of at the most 4% by weight such as, e.g., at the most about 2% by weight.
  • Preferred acyclovir-containing compositions according to the invention normally has a weight ratio between the glycerylmonooleate and the hquid medium is in the range between 1:0.3 and 1:2 such as between 1:0.5 and 1:1.5 such as, e.g. 1:1.
  • the weight ratio between the combination of the glycerylmonooleate and the structurant, and the hquid medium is generaUy in the range between 60:40 and 75:25 such as between 63:37 and 73:27.
  • preferred structurants are Epikuron 200 and Vitamin E TPGS and combinations thereof and the weight ratio between Epikuron and Vitamin E TPGS may be between about 1:0.5 and 1:2 such as, e.g., between 1:0.75 and 1:1.5 such as, e.g., about 1:1.
  • Another preferred acyclovir-containing composition comprises glycerylmonooleate as second substance, a mixture of Epikuron 200 and Vitamin E TPGS as structurants, and water as a hquid medium and the concentration of Epikuron 200 is generally in a range of from l%-25% by weight, the concentration of Vitamin E TPGS is in a range of from l%-25% by weight, and the concentration of water is in a range of from 20%-40% by weight based on the total composition.
  • An interesting acyclovir-containing composition may also be presented as a precursor composition, wherein the weight ratio between fatty acid ester and any liquid medium present in the composition is between 50:50 and 100:0 such as between 60:40 and 99:1, between 70:30 and 90:10.
  • the weight ratio between the sum of the glycerylmonooleate and any structurant(s), and. any liquid medium present in the composition is between 90:10 and 99:0.5, such as between 90:10 and 99:1.
  • a liquid medium like e.g. water or glycerol, or a mixture of water and glycerol may be present.
  • the liquid medium is water containing glycerol
  • the glycerohwater ratio may be up to about 2.5:1 by weight, such as up to corresponding to a glycerohwater ratio of 1.5:2 such as, e.g., a ratio of about 1:1, 0.5:1, or 0.25:1.
  • compositions comprising glycerylmonooleate, phosphatidylcholine (or Vitamin E TPGS) and, optionally, water and the weight ratio between the content of phosphatidylchohne (or Vitamin E TPGS) and glycerylmonooleate is at the most 1, such as e.g. 1:1, 1:2 or 1:4.
  • water may be present in a concentration of at the most 40% w/w based on the total composition.
  • the active substances of relatively low solubihty as discussed above are of particular importance for use in compositions according to the invention, the invention is not hmited to such active substances.
  • the active substance can in principle be any active substance irrespective of its solubihty.
  • the active substance may have any degree of hpophihcity.
  • the active substance is one which has a hpophihcity of at the most 100, such as at the most, e.g., 75, 50, 25, 10, 7.5, 5 or 2.5, expressed as the partition coefficient between octanol and 0.05M phosphate buffer, pH 7, at 20°C, in some a partition coefficient of at the most 10 or even at the most 1 or at the most 0.75, 0.5, 0.1, 0.075, 0.05 or 0.04.
  • the hpophihcity may be expressed as the partition coefficient between octanol and an appropriate buffer having a pH corresponding either to the pH of the hquid crystalline phase or to the pH at which the active substance has its minimum solubihty. In such cases, the values mentioned above are also valid.
  • the active substance must have balanced properties with respect to aqueous solubihty and partition coefficient.
  • the vehicle in which the active substance is located is of importance.
  • the affinity of the active substance to the vehicle compared with that of the active substance to the skin or the rate-limiting barrier of the skin must be of a less order of magnitude as the active substance otherwise would predominantly would be maintained in the vehicle and only slowly be released from the vehicle and penetrate the skin and thus enable the active substance to reach the target for the disease.
  • Initial studies performed by the inventor show that vehicles on which compositions according to the invention are based readily releases the active substances tested (e.g. acyclovir) so that the active substances are available for penetration, i.e. a balanced affinity (vehicle/skin) has been obtained in these compositions.
  • a composition with improved release properties and which sticks better to the skin can improve the treatment when compared to prior art compositions such as Zovir® cream or Zovirax® cream.
  • the object of the present invention has therefore inter aha been to develop a bioadhesive composition containing e.g. acyclovir or other antiherpes virus agents with improved release properties so that fewer daily applications are needed to produce the same therapeutic effect (bioequivalence) or even improve the therapeutic effect.
  • Cubic hquid crystalhne phases are obtained in these compositions as evidence by polarized hght.
  • the results indicate that acyclovir in the concentration range investigated does not ruin the cubic lattice, and that acyclovir probably is inert in the cubic system.
  • the distribution of the drug crystals in the cubic hquid crystalhne phase appears as a homogeneous distribution (observed by microscopy).
  • the cubic hquid crystalhne phase without drug is transparent and has a relatively high viscosity. It is cosmetically appealing. When acyclovir is added, the viscosity is increased with the concentration, especially for the micronized quality. When the crystalhne quality is added, the composition becomes greyish white. When the cubic liquid crystalhne phase is applied to human skin it “melts” (gets softer) and penetrates the skin.
  • compositions wherein the GMO has been substituted by a structurant and/or by a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient The release of acyclovir from such compositions is described in the Experiments. The results show that the structurant and/or certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients (as defined in the claims) do not significantly influence the release rate of acyclovir in a negative manner. - -
  • Zovir® and Zovirax® cream containing 5% w/w acyclovir are presently the drugs of choice for the treatment of herpes simplex.
  • acyclovir As mentioned above, Zovir® and Zovirax® cream containing 5% w/w acyclovir are presently the drugs of choice for the treatment of herpes simplex.
  • the release rate of acyclovir from Zovir® cream and a cubic liquid crystalhne phase GMO/water 65/35 % w/w
  • Example 16 Comparing the rate constants it is seen that the release rate of acyclovir is about 5-6 times faster from the cubic liquid crystaUine phase than from the Zovir® cream. Poor release properties of the Zovir® cream are most likely one of the reasons for its suboptimum therapeutic effect.
  • the improved release properties from the cubic liquid crystalhne phase must therefore be seen as a very promising result.
  • compositions according to the invention with respect to releasing the active substance from the hquid crystaUine phase can be adequately expressed by the slope of the cumulative release in ⁇ g as a function of the square root of the release time in hours in the release experiment defined in connection with Fig. 13 (in which the concentration of the substance is 5%).
  • the slope is at least 50, more preferred at least 100.
  • An expression of better performance is a slope of at least 200, such as at least 300, or at least 500 or even at least 700 or at least 900.
  • at least 25%, such as at least 50%, by weight of the active substance present in the composition constitutes a proportion which is present above the saturation concentration at 20°C.
  • Very valuable compositions according to the invention are compositions, wherein at least 75%, such as at least 90% or even at least 95% or at least 98% by weight of the active substance present in the - composition constitutes a proportion which is present above the saturation concentration at 20°C.
  • the concentration of the active substance in the composition will depend on the condition to be treated or prevented and the desired or necessary administration frequency.
  • the concentration of the active substance in a pharmaceutical composition depends on the nature of the second compound in question, its potency, the severity of the disease to be prevented or treated, and the age and condition of the patient.
  • Methods applicable to selecting relevant concentrations of the active substance in the pharmaceutical composition are well known to a person skilled in the art and may be performed according to established guidelines for good clinical practice (GCP) or Investigational New Drug Exemption ("IND") regulations as described in e.g. Drug Applications, Nordic Guidelines, NLN Publication No. 12, Nordic Council on Medicines, Uppsala 1983 and Clinical Trials of Drugs, Nordic Guidehnes, NLN Publication No. 11, Nordic Counril on Medicines, Uppsala 1983, or CPMC/E.U. Guidehnes for Good Clinical
  • the second substance especiaUy fatty acid esters can confer bioadhesiveness to the compositions.
  • increased attention has been given to the possibility of using bioadhesive/mucoadhesive polymers for drug dehvery purposes. It is believed that several problems associated with conventional controUed release drug dehvery systems may be reduced or eliminated by using a bioadhesive/mucoadhesive drug dehvery system.
  • bioadhesive drug dehvery systems are believed to be beneficial with respect to the following features: i) a bioadhesive drug dehvery system localizes a drug substance in a particular region, thereby improving and enhancing the bioavailability for drug substances which may have poor bioavailability in themselves,
  • a bioadhesive drug delivery system leads to a relatively strong interaction between a bioadhesive substance and a mucosa; such an interaction contributes to an increasing contact time between the drug dehvery system and the tissue in question and permits localization of the drug dehvery system to a specific site,
  • a bioadhesive drug dehvery system is contemplated to prolong dehvery of drug substances in almost any non-parenteral route
  • a bioadhesive drug dehvery system can be locahzed on a specific site with the purpose of local therapy e.g. treatment of local fungal diseases, permeability modification, protease and other enzyme inhibition, and/or modulation of immunologic expression,
  • a bioadhesive drug dehvery system may be targeted to specific diseased tissues
  • a bioadhesive drug dehvery system may be employed in those cases where the conventional approach to controUed release drug dehvery is unsuitable, i.e. for certain drug substances or classes of drug substances which are not adequately absorbed.
  • compositions according to the present invention are compositions in which the second substance like a fatty acid ester or combination of fatty acid esters present in the composition complies with the requirements of bioadhesion defined herein when tested for bioadhesion in an in vivo model or any other bioadhesivity model as given in the experimental section herein.
  • compositions in which the second substance hke e.g. a fatty acid ester or combination of fatty acid esters optionally in combination with the structurant, when tested in a bioadhesive test system, comprising:
  • step v) leaving the resulting sample from step v) for 10 minutes in said cell to allow the sample to interact with glycoproteins of the jejunum
  • a residual amount of at least 60% w/w in particular a residual amount of at least 70% w/w, such as at least 80% w/w, preferably at least 85% w/w and more preferably at least 90% w/w.
  • compositions as defined further above which, when tested in the jejunum test system defined in claim above, result in a residual amount of at least 40% w/w of the second substance such as a fatty acid ester or combination of fatty acid esters or at least 40% w/w of the active substance.
  • a measure of the bioadhesivity of a composition itself is that it complies with the requirements for bioadhesion defined herein when tested for bioadhesion in the in vivo model described herein involving testing the rinsing off ability from skin.
  • the biopharmaceutical properties of a composition according to the invention are not significantly changed by adding a structurant or a pharmaceutically-acceptable excipient.
  • the score obtained in the test for bioadhesion is substantially of the same order of magnitude as would have been obtained for a comparative composition wherein the structurant(s) and/or pharmaceutically acceptable excipient has(have) been replaced with the same amount by weight of said second substance.
  • an active substance does not significantly influence the bioadhesive properties of a vehicle provided that the concentration of the active or protective substance is relatively low such as at the most about 10-15% w/w or at the most about 8- 10% w/w.
  • the kind of active substance (structure, molecular weight, size, physico-chemical properties, loading, pKa, solubihty, etc.) wiU of course be responsible for the maximal concentration which can be incorporated in the vehicle without significantly affecting the bioadhesive properties of the composition.
  • the active substance locates in the liquid crystalline phase of the fatty acid ester and most likely the solubility of the active substance in this phase has impact on the bioadhesive properties as well as on the release properties of the composition.
  • the apphcation is intended for skin or mucosa.
  • Other applications may of course also be relevant such as, e.g., apphcation on dentures, prostheses and apphcation to body cavities such as the oral cavity.
  • the mucosa is preferably selected from oral, nasal, aural, lung, rectal, vaginal, and gastrointestinal mucosa.
  • a bioadhesive composition for administration according to the invention may in special cases also be in the form of a multiple unit composition, in the form of, e.g., a powder.
  • a multiple unit composition may be administered to skin or mucosa, preferably the mucosa is selected from oral, nasal, rectal, aural, vaginal, lung, and gastrointestinal mucosa. Most preferred is a bioadhesive composition intended for administration to the gastrointestinal tract.
  • Bioadhesive compositions according to the invention for application on skin and especially to wounds may in certain cases comprise a polysaccharide in a concentration of at least 15% w/w, calculated on the total weight of the composition.
  • the polysaccharide is preferably selected from the group consisting of carmelose, chitosan, pectins, xanthan gums, carrageenans, locust bean gum, acacia gum, gelatins, alginates, and dextrans, and salts thereof.
  • the compositions are easy to apply on the wound and are believed to be able to extract water from the wound and thereby drying the wound.
  • the bioadhesive compositions for use according to the invention may comprise pharmaceutically or cosmeticaUy acceptable excipients or additives normally used in pharmaceutical compositions.
  • the bioadhesive compositions may be in form of, e.g., a spray, a solution, a dispersion, a suspension, an emulsion, powders, gels including hydrogels, pastes, ointments, creams, drenches, dehvery devices, suppositories, enemas, implants, aerosols, microcapsules, microspheres, nanoparticles, liposomes, dressings, bandages, plasters, tooth paste, dental care compositions, and in other suitable form.
  • a spray e.g., a spray, a solution, a dispersion, a suspension, an emulsion, powders, gels including hydrogels, pastes, ointments, creams, drenches, dehvery devices, suppositories, enemas, implants, aerosols, microcapsules, microspheres, nanoparticles, liposomes, dressings, bandages, plasters, tooth paste, dental
  • bioadhesive compositions may be formulated according to conventional pharmaceutical practice, see, e.g., "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences” and “Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology", edited by Swarbrick, J. & J. C. Boylan, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1988.
  • compositions for use according to the invention may be, for example,
  • inert dfluents or fiUers such as sucrose, sorbitol, sugar, mannitol, microcrystalline ceUulose, carboxymethylceUulose sodium, methylceUulose, hydroxypropyl methylceUulose, ethylceUulose, starches including potato starch, calcium carbonate, sodium chloride, lactose, calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate or sodium phosphate; and
  • lubricating agents including ghdants and antiadhesives, for example, magnesium stearate, zinc stearate, stearic acid, silicas, hydrogenated vegetable ofls or talc.
  • pharmaceuticaUy acceptable excipients can be colorants, flavouring agents, plasticizers, humectants, buffering agents, solubilizing agents, release modulating agents, etc.
  • suitable compositions for use according to the invention include suppositories (emulsion or suspension type), solutions, enemas, and rectal gelatin capsules (solutions or suspensions).
  • Appropriate pharmaceutically acceptable suppository bases include cocoa butter, esterified fatty acids, glycerinated gelatin, and various water-soluble or dispersible bases hke polyethylene gl cols and polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters.
  • Various additives hke, e.g., enhancers or surfactants may be incorporated.
  • nasal sprays and aerosols for inhalation are suitable compositions for use according to the invention.
  • the active ingredients are dissolved or dispersed in a suitable vehicle.
  • suitable vehicles and excipients and optionally other pharmaceutically acceptable materials present in the composition such as diluents, enhancers, flavouring agents, preservatives etc. are all selected in accordance with conventional pharmaceutical practice in a manner understood by the persons skilled in the art of formulating pharmaceuticals.
  • compositions for use according to the invention may contain conventionally non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients including microspheres and liposomes.
  • the formulations include creams, ointments, lotions, liniments, gels, hydrogels, solutions, suspensions, sticks, sprays, pastes, dressings, bandages, plasters, tooth paste, dental care compositions, and the like.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients may include emulsifying agents, stabilizing agents, antioxidants, buffering agents, preservatives, humectants, penetration enhancers, chelating agents, gelforming agents, ointment bases, perfumes and skin protective agents.
  • emulsifying agents are naturally occurring gums, e.g. gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally occurring phosphatides, e.g. soybean lecithin and sorbitan monooleate derivatives.
  • antioxidants examples include butylated hydroxy anisole (BHA), ascorbic acid and derivatives thereof, ⁇ -tocopherol and derivatives thereof, vitamin E, salts of sulphur dioxide, cysteine, citric acid, ascorbyl palmitate, butylhydroxytoluene, complexing agents, chelating agents, sodium pyrosulfite, EDTA and gallic acid esters.
  • BHA butylated hydroxy anisole
  • ⁇ -tocopherol and derivatives thereof examples include ascorbic acid and derivatives thereof, ⁇ -tocopherol and derivatives thereof, vitamin E, salts of sulphur dioxide, cysteine, citric acid, ascorbyl palmitate, butylhydroxytoluene, complexing agents, chelating agents, sodium pyrosulfite, EDTA and gallic acid esters.
  • preservatives are parabens, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, butylparaben, isobutylparaben, isopropylparaben, potassium sorbate, sorbic acid, benzoic acid, methyl benzoate, phenoxyethanol, bronopol, bronidox, MDM hydantoin, iodopropynyl butylcarbamate, EDTA propyleneglycol (increases the solubility of preservatives) benzalconium chloride, benzylalcohol, chlorhexidine diacetate, chlorhexidine digluconate, chlorbutol, phenetanol, phenols (phenol, o-cresol, p-cresol, chlorcresol, tricresol), alkanols (chlorbutanol, phenetanol), sorbic acid, and mercuri-compounds like e.
  • humectants examples include glycerin, propylene glycol, sorbitol and urea.
  • Suitable release modulating agents for use according to the invention are glycerol, sesame oil, soybean oil, lecithin and cholesterol.
  • penetration enhancers are oleic acid, propylene glycol, DMSO, triethanolamine, N,N-dimethylacetamide r N,N-dimethylformamide, 2-pyrrolidone and derivatives thereof, - tetrahydrofuryl alcohol and Azone.
  • chelating agents examples include sodium EDTA, citric acid and phosphoric acid.
  • excipients for use in compositions for use according to the invention are edible oils like almond oil, castor oil, cacao butter, coconut oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, linseed oil, olive oil, palm oil, peanut oil, poppyseed oil, rapeseed oil, sesame oil, soybean oil, sunflower oil, and teaseed oil; and of polymers such as carmelose, sodium carmelose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxyethylceUulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, chitosane, pectin, xanthan gum, carrageenan, locust bean gum, acacia gum, gelatin, and alginates, and solvents such as, e.g., glycerol, ethanol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycols such as PEG 200 and PEG 400, Pluronic, polysorbate, and ethylene glycol.
  • edible oils like almond oil, castor oil, cacao butter, coconut oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, l
  • ointment bases are beeswax, paraffin, cetyl palmitate, vegetable oils, sorbitan esters of fatty acids (Span), Carbopol, polyethylene glycols, and condensation products between sorbitan esters of fatty acids and ethylene oxide, e.g. polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate (Tween).
  • composition according to the invention is one in which the antiviral substance is acyclovir.
  • examples of important embodiments hereof and of other compositions according to the invention containing nucleosides of low solubUity as defined herein are claimed in the claims are described in detaU in the Examples.
  • compositions and conditions to be fulfiUed for the individual components in the compositions are claimed in the claims and described in the Examples.
  • the invention also relates to methods for preparing the compositions according to the invention. Details concerning the preparation are given in the Examples herein. Furthermore, the invention also relates to a method for administering an active substance to e.g. a human, the method comprising administering to the human in need thereof a therapeutically and/or prophylactically effective amount of the active substance in a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention.
  • composition aspects of the invention will be the same as or analogous to the details and particulars concerning the other aspects of the invention and the method aspects discussed above, and this means that wherever appropriate, the statements above concerning a pharmaceutical composition, a second-substance, a structurant, a liquid medium and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, as well as improved properties and uses apply mutatis mutandis to all aspects of the invention.
  • Glycerylmonooleate (monoolein), manufactured by Grindsted Products A/S, Denmark
  • Fatty acid composition Oleic acid 92% Linoleic 6% Saturated (C 16 /C 18 ) 2%
  • Antioxidants and synergists added Ascorbyl palmitate max. 200 ppm ⁇ -Tocopherol max. 200 ppm Citric acid max. 100 ppm
  • GMO-90 indicates that the above-mentioned glycerol monooleate product is employed, except where otherwise stated.
  • glycerol monooleate Another quality of glycerol monooleate has been employed in some of the following examples, namely RYLO® MG19 (with a content of about 90% GMO) manufactured by Danisco Ingredients, Denmark
  • the product employed in the examples described herein had the following composition of fatty acid monoesters:
  • Glycerylmonooleate about 84% w/w Glycerylmonolinoleate about 7% w/w
  • Glyceryl monostearate about 4% w/w
  • GMO 84 indicates that this glycerol monooleate product is employed.
  • Glycerylmonolinoleate (Dimodan® LS), manufactured by Grindsted Products A/S; the product used has a total content of fatty acid monoesters of at least about 90% such as about 96% w/w.
  • the product employed in the examples described herein had the following composition of fatty acid monoesters:
  • Glyceryl monopalmitate about 6% w/w
  • Glyceryl monostearate about 6% w/w
  • Glycerylmonooleate about 22% w/w
  • Glycerylmonolinoleate about 63% w/w
  • Phosphatidylchohne (Epikuron available from Lucas Meyer, Hamburg, Germany):
  • Lipoid SlOO or S75 purified soya phosphatidylcholine available from Lipoid GmbH, Germany
  • EPIKURON 200 is a purified phosphatidylcholine of soybean origin.
  • composition The product consists of phosphatidylchohne, a small amount of lyso-phosphatidylcholine and other phospholipids.
  • phosphatidylchohne min. 92% lyso-phosphatidylcholine max. 3% other phosphohpids max. 2%
  • fatty acids including: palmitic acid/stearic acid 16-22% oleic acid 8-12% linoleic acid 62-66% linolenic acid 6-8%
  • EPIKURON 145 V is a fractionated, wax-like soybean lecithin with enriched content of phosphatidylcholine for the use in pharmaceutical industry.
  • Composition Mixture polar (phospho- and glyco-) lipids and a small amount of carbohydrates.
  • phosphatidylcholine min. 45% phosphatidylethanolamine min. 10% phosphatidylinositol max. 3% phosphatidic acid max. 3% lyso-phosphatidylcholine max. 4% other phosphohpids max. 18% glycolipids max. 15%
  • fatty acids including: palmitic acid/stearic acid 18-22% oleic acid 6-10% linoleic acid 62-66% linolenic acid 6-8%
  • Acyclovir (crystalhne) available from Chemo Iberica, Spain, e.g. a quality where 90-100% of the crystals have a particle size of less than 100 ⁇ m
  • Acyclovir (micronized) available from Chemo Iberica, Spain, e.g. a quahty where 100% of the particles have a particle size under 24 ⁇ m and not less than 90% under 12 ⁇ m - -
  • Ethanol available from Danisco A/S, Denmark complies with the DLS standard (98.8-100% w/w ethanol) Sesame oil available from Nomeco, Denmark
  • Vitamin E TPGS (d- ⁇ -tocopherylpolyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate) available from Kodak
  • Coulter Multisizer II (Coulter), Malvern 2600 droplet and particle size analyse (for the determination of particle size distribution).
  • test system for bioadhesion is a modified system of a method described by Ranga Rao & Buri (Int. J. Pharm. 1989, 52, 265-270).
  • jejunums were stored up to 3 months before use (when performing the test described below it was found that the use of fresh jejunum or, alternatively, jejunum which had been frozen for up to 3 months gave reproducible and significantly similar results). Before testing, the segment of jejunum was gently thawed out.
  • the segment of the jejunum was cut longitudinally. It was placed on a stainless steel support (a tube of 2 cm in diameter and cut longitudinaUy at an axis paraUel to its centre) with the mucosa layer upside, spread and held in position on the support by the adhesive effect of the jejunum itself.
  • the support with the jejunum was placed at an angle of from about -5° to about -25° such as -7° or -21° (in the Examples the angle apphed is denoted "angle" in a cylindrical cell thermostated at 37°C.
  • a schematic Ulustration of the ceU is shown in Fig. 1. The relative humidity in the thermostated cell was kept at about 100%.
  • the jejunum was then flushed with a medium of 0.02M isotonic phosphate buffer solution (pH 6.5, 37°C) for 2 or 5 minutes (in the foUowing denoted “initial rinsing period”) at a flow rate of 5 or 10 ml/min (in the following denoted "initial rinsing flow”), respectively, using a peristaltic pump to equUibrate the jejunum with the buffer and to rinse off loose mucosa.
  • the support was positioned at a horizontal position and after apphcation the position was changed to the initial position of -21°.
  • An accurately weighted amount of the sample to be tested for bioadhesive properties (about 50-150 mg) was placed evenly on the mucosa of the jejunum (about 0.8 x 6 cm).
  • About 1 ml of the buffer solution was carefully dropped evenly on the sample apphed to ensure formation of such a hquid crystalhne phase, if possible (in the case of monoolein, the liquid crystalhne phase may be the cubic, hexagonal, reverse hexagonal, micellar, reverse micellar, or lamellar phase).
  • the test sample is gently melted on a heating plate or in an oven at a temperature of max. 60°C in the case of GMO or GML and cooled to a temperature of at the most about 40°C before apphcation on the rabbit jejunum.
  • the segments were left for 5-20 minutes such as, e.g., 10 minutes in the cell allowing the sample to interact with the glycoproteins of the jejunum and to prevent drying of the mucus.
  • the segments were flushed evenly with the isotonic 0.02M phosphate buffer solution (pH 6.5, 37°C) for 15-60 minutes such as, e.g., 30 minutes at a flow rate of 5-15 ml/min such as 10 ml/min (in the Examples denoted "flow rate").
  • the tip of the tube carrying the buffer solution was placed 3-4 mm above the jejunum to ensure an even liquid flow over the mucosa.
  • the washings were collected into a beaker.
  • the amount of bioadhesive component remaining on the jejunum was calculated either by measuring the amount of sample in the beaker or by measuring the amount of sample remaining in the jejunum by means of a suitable analysis method, e.g. HPLC.
  • Amount apphed about 50-150 mg (tests have shown that a variation in the amount applied within a range of from about 25 mg to about 225 mg was without significant influence on the results obtained)
  • the method allows rinsing of the sample apphed on the jejunum by an aqueous medium, thus allowing a liquid crystalline phase to be formed.
  • the method also permits apphcation of fluid samples and pellets. Determination of the bioadhesiveness of a test sample
  • the substance(s) is/are considered as bioadhesive if the residual amount is at least about 60% w/w such as at least about 65% w/w, about 70% w/w, about 75% w/w, about 80% w/w, about 85% w/w, 90% w/w, or about 95% w/w.
  • the test sample is a composition comprising a combination of a second substance like e.g. a fatty acid ester and an active substance and, optionally, other substances like structurant and/or excipients
  • the composition is considered bioadhesive if the residual amount (of the second substance like e.g. the fatty acid ester, or the active substance) is at least about 40% w/w such as at least about 45% w/w, about 50% w/w, 55% w/w, 60% w/w, 65% w/w, 70% w/w, 75% w/w, or 80% w/w.
  • evaluation of the bioadhesive properties of a substance may also be performed by use of the test system and test conditions described above but modified with respect to type of membrane, amount apphed of test sample, test angle, flow rate, medium, etc.
  • tests have been performed in order to evaluate the influence of different membranes on the test results.
  • the foUowing results were obtained using the above-mentioned test conditions (angle: -21°, flow rate: 10 ml/min, and flow period: 30 min) and applying GMO on the membrane:
  • test system for bioadhesion is a modified system of a method described by Tobyn, M., J. Johnson & S. Gibson (in "Use of a TA.XT2 Texture Analyser in Mucoadhesive Research", International LABMATE, 1992, XVTI (issue VI), 35-38).
  • the test system involves measuring the tensile force required to break an adhesive bond formed between a model membrane and a test sample (i.e. the sample which is tested for its bioadhesive properties).
  • the test apparatus employed in the foUowing is a TA.XT2 Texture analyser (Stable Micro System Ltd., Haslemere, UK) (Fig. 2) equipped with a 5 kg load cell interfaced with an IBM PC computer running XT-RA dimension software, DOS version.
  • the test enables measuring the strength of adhesive bonding established by contacting a model membrane, i.e. in this case a pig intestine segment, and the test sample.
  • An analogous test apparatus may also be employed.
  • the TA.XT2 Texture analyser apparatus is equipped with an instrument probe 1 (see Fig. 2) which is movable in a vertical direction at a variable rate. During the so-called withdrawal phase of the testing, the instrument probe is moved upwards with a constant rate until detachment occurs (see below). Furthermore, the apparatus is equipped with a stationary plate 2 on which a first holder 3 is placed. Before and during a test run, a model membrane 4 is fixed on this holder, e.g. by means of a cap or double adhesive tape or glue. The area exposed to the test may be determined by the area of the probe (preferred in this case) or by the area of the test samples (e.g. a coated cover glass), or by the area of a holder fixed to the probe. The accurate size of the exposed area is used in the calculation of the adhesive strength (see below).
  • the membrane could be e.g. rabbit, rat or pig gastric mucosa; a segment of rabbit, rat or pig intestines, e.g. a segment of rabbit jejunum; a segment of rabbit or porcine buccal mucosa; or a segment of rabbit, rat or pig intestines from which the mucosal layer has been removed prior to testing; or skin from an animal (after removal of substantially all subcutaneous fat); or it could be artificiaUy or commercially avaUable mucin.
  • the membrane could be e.g. rabbit, rat or pig gastric mucosa; a segment of rabbit, rat or pig intestines, e.g. a segment of rabbit jejunum; a segment of rabbit or porcine buccal mucosa; or a segment of rabbit, rat or pig intestines from which the mucosal layer has been removed prior to testing; or skin from an animal (after removal of substantially all subcutaneous fat); or it could
  • duodenum, jejunum and the upper part of Ueum from freshly slaughtered pigs were used.
  • the gut was stored on ice until it was washed with 0.9% w/w sodium chloride solution within 2 hours.
  • the lumens were gently rinsed with the saline until the intestines were clean.
  • the gut was cut into pieces of 3-4 cm and immediately frozen (-20°C).
  • the intestines were stored up to 2 months before use. Before testing, the segments were gently thawed out.
  • the gut segment was opened along the mesenteric border. Serosa and muscularis layers were removed by stripping with a pair of tweezers, taking care to maintain the integrity of the mucus layer.
  • test sample about 25-500 mg
  • the modified probe also aUows the necessary addition of an aqueous medium.
  • the apparatus may be equipped with a second holder 5 on which another model membrane is fixed.
  • the model membranes employed on the two holders are usuaUy of the same type. It is also possible to fix the other model membrane directly to the instrument probe e.g. by means of a double adhesive tape, glue, or a cap.
  • a tissue (porcine intestinal mucosa) of about 3 x 3 cm was fixed on the tissue holder 3 with the mucosa layer upside. Before apphcation of the tissue, a piece of gauze was placed directly on the tissue holder, and thereupon the tissue was placed. This precaution is made in order to stabilize the contact force. In order to moist the tissue and hydrate the sample, about 0.5 ml isotonic 0.05M phosphate buffer, pH 6.0, was added to the tissue. Such an addition also enables a cubic phase to be formed.
  • the instrument probe with sample e.g.
  • Cover glasses having a diameter of 13 mm were coated with the polymers under investigation by pipetting 100 ⁇ l of a 1% w/w solution of methanol or water in the center of the glass plate. After drying for 2 hours at 60°C in an oven, a thin polymer film remained.
  • One cover glass was attached to the probe (diameter of 12.7 mm) with its non-coated side by means of double adhesive tape.
  • Test runs are performed after the tissue has equUibrated in an aqueous medium at room temperature for 5-20 min. Then the tissue was removed from the aqueous medium and placed in the test apparatus and then the test was run.
  • variations of the above-given method may be relevant, e.g. running the test in an aqueous medium or running the test at a temperature different from room temperature such as 37°C.
  • test parameters may be varied, e.g. as follows:
  • Test run temperature may be changed by employing a suitable temperature controlled oven such as a SMTC/04 from Stable Microsystems, Haslemere, UK.
  • a suitable temperature controlled oven such as a SMTC/04 from Stable Microsystems, Haslemere, UK.
  • test runs In order to test whether a test sample is bioadhesive, two test runs are performed:
  • test run with the test sample apphed (result: work of adhesion WA S ),
  • the test sample is considered bioadhesive if WA S /WA R x 100% is at least 30%, such as 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, or 55%.
  • a sample is graded to be a weak bioadhesive if the result is less than about 30%, a medium bioadhesive if the result is about 30%-50%, a strong bioadhesive if the result is at least 50%.
  • Polycarbophil (NoveonTM AA-1, BF Goodrich, Hounslow, U.K.) is a high molecular weight poly(acrylic acid)copolymer loosely cross-linked with divinyl glycol. On account of its known exceUent mucoadhesive properties, this polymer serves as a reference.
  • a polycarbophil gel is prepared by mixing polycarbophil with water or methanol (resulting concentration about 10-20 mg ml "1 ) and the mixture is allowed to hydrate at room temperature for 24 hours. The polymer solution is periodically stirred. The resulting gel is applied on a cover glass and tested as described above and the result obtained is used as a reference value for excellent bioadhesive substances.
  • bioadhesive substances such as, e.g., chitosane, tragacanth, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), sodium alginate, hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), karaya gum, carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), gelatin, pectin, acacia, PEG 6000, povidone, or DEAE-dextran (less bioadhesive than polycarbophil).
  • a water soluble dye (Edicol Sunset YeUow, E 110, Amaranth E-123, or Brilliant Blue E 131) and/or a lipid soluble dye (Waxohne violet A FW (Maximex), Colur flavus insolubUis, DAK 63, or EdUake tartrazin NS) can be added to the test sample and mixed to form a homogeneous mixture.
  • the dye is preferably dissolved in an aqueous medium before mixing. In most cases, however, a dye is not added as the result is easily determined visually.
  • test samples were applied in a uniform layer on an area of about 4 cm 2 of the skin of the hand or of the wrist.
  • the test samples could be applied on dry skin as well as on moistened skin. In some cases, about 10 min before running the test, a small amount of water could be added to the test sample apphed.
  • test sample on the skin was subjected to washings with water from a tip (flow rate corresponding to about 6-8 litres/minute and a temperature of about 35- 40°C). The washings were carried out for about 3 minutes. Then it is visually assessed in which degree the test sample is retained on the skin. The visual assessment is done by use of a scale graded from 1-5, where 5 represents total retainment of the test sample apphed on the skin and 1 represents no retainment of the test sample on the skin.
  • test sample is evaluated to have bioadhesive properties in the present context if the result of the above-described test is at least 4.
  • test described above has proved to be suitable when testing compositions for bioadhesiveness and the compositions in question have a relatively high viscosity which makes it difficult to apply the compositions to the rabbit jejunum model.
  • a modification of the test described above excluding the addition of a water soluble dye has also proved suitable for testing compositions for bioadhesiveness.
  • glycerylmonooleate or glycerylmonolinoleate was made by high-performance hquid chromatography (HPLC) using a Shimadzu LC-6A HPLC pump, a Shimadzu SPD-6A UV detector, a Shimadzu C-5A integrator and a Shimadzu SIL-6B autosampler.
  • the column (25 cm x 4 mm i.d.) was packed with SupelcosU LC-18-DM and was eluted isocraticaUy at ambient temperature with a mobUe phase consisting of methanol:water:acetate buffer (pH 3.5) (840:120:40 v/v).
  • a mobUe phase consisting of methanol:water:acetate buffer (pH 3.5) (840:120:40 v/v).
  • pH 3.5 methanol:water:acetate buffer
  • interference from other substances may occur, and then it may be necessary to make minor changes in the composition of the eluent.
  • the size of a sample injected on the column was 20 ⁇ l and the flow rate was 1.2 ml/ml.
  • the column effluent was monitored at 214 nm.
  • the mucosa in question (with a second substance such as a fatty acid ester like e.g. glycerylmonooleate) is placed in 50.00 ml of methanol and shaken for 2 hours.
  • the mixture is filtered through a 0.45 ⁇ m filter membrane (from Millipore 16555Q) and the filtrate is subjected to HPLC analysis using the method described above.
  • the calculation of the residual amount takes into consideration an appropriate correction in the recovery. This correction is found based on determination of the amount of fatty acid ester on the rabbit jejunum segment after apphcation of an accurate amount of the second substance (this test is repeated 5 times and the recovery is given as the mean value).
  • the solubihty of the weak acid aspirin is 3.3 mg/ml in water (20°C). It has a pKa value of about 3.5 (25°C) (Analytical Profiles).
  • the solubihty of aspirin is strongly dependent on the pH in the solution. The degree of ionisation of the acid group in aspirin is favoured when the pH is around and above the pKa value of the compound and therefore the solubUity is increased with pH > 3.4.
  • a solubility experiment has shown that the solubihty of aspirin is greater than 10 mg/ml in a buffer solution of pH 3.6.
  • the experiment was performed in an 0.5 M acetate buffer solution pH 4.0; the buffer was not strong enough to maintain the pH, and the pH in the final solution was 3.6.
  • the solubihty of aspirin in a buffer solution of pH 4.0 is > 20 mg/ml.
  • the solubihty of acetylsalicylic acid in GMO/water 65/35% w/w has been determined to be >20 mg/ml.
  • the pH of the aqueous phase at the end of the experiment was 4.0 and the aqueous phase used was 0.2 M acetate buffer pH 5.0 (the buffer used was not strong enough to maintain tha pH at 5.0) - -
  • the dissolution rate of acyclovir in various GMO compositions was determined using Franz diffusion cells having a diffusion area of 1.77 cm 2 and a receptor volume of 6.8 ml. The study was run at a temperature of 37°C and as diffusion membrane a cellulose membrane from Medicell International Ltd. was employed. The membrane employed has a pore size of about 2.4 nm and it retains particles having a molecular weight larger than about 12,000-14,000. Before application, the membrane was pretreated and thoroughly rinsed with distiUed water. As receptor medium was used an isotonic 0.05M phosphate buffer pH 6.5 (Danish Drug Standards, DLS) and the medium was magnetically stirred at 100 rpm.
  • DLS isotonic 0.05M phosphate buffer pH 6.5
  • the cellulose membrane was allowed to equilibrate at 37°C for 30 min in the receptor medium employed.
  • the membrane was supported by a metallic grating
  • about 300-400 mg of the composition to be tested was applied by means of a syringe or a spatula and care was taken to ensure a homogenous distribution of the composition on the total area of the membrane available for diffusion.
  • the composition to be tested may be filled into a dish having a weU-defined surface area which is only a little smaller than that of the cellulose membrane held by a Franz' diffusion cell so that almost all of the diffusion area avaUable is used; the dish is turned upside down and placed on top of the cellulose membrane.
  • the content of lidocain HCI is determined by a HPLC method.
  • T Dissolve the formulation in 30 ml methanol and transfer it quantitatively to a 50 ml volumetric flask. Add methanol to 50.00 ml.
  • a ⁇ is the area of the test solution T
  • a E is the area of the standard solution R; n is the amount of standard weighed out (g); m is the amount of formulation applied to the intestine (g); % lidocain HCI is the content of lidocain HCI in the formulation determined as
  • the content of miconazol is also determined by a HPLC method.
  • T Dissolve the formulation in 30 ml methanol and transfer it quantitatively to a 50 ml volumetric flask. Add methanol to 50.00 ml.
  • a ⁇ is the area of the test solution T
  • a E is the area of the standard solution R; n is the amount of standard weighed out (g); m is the amount of formulation apphed to the intestine (g);
  • % miconazol is the content of miconazol in the formulation determined as % w/w. Quantitative determination of acyclovir
  • HPLC method employed was the following:
  • Reference solution An accurate amount of about 10.00 mg acyclovir is diluted to with distiUed water to a concentration of 10.00 ⁇ g/ml
  • Test solution The sample withdrawn is filtered through a 0.2 ⁇ m filter and injected onto the column (in some cases it might be necessary to subject the sample to dUution with water)
  • a R is the area of the reference solution.
  • C n is the concentration, of drug in the receptor solution (mg/ml), - -
  • HPLC method employed was the following:
  • Reference solution Weigh out an accurate amount of about 20.00 mg acyclovir and dilute it with mobile phase to a concentration of about 0.008 mg/ml
  • Test solution Weight out 100.00 mg of the GMO/acyclovir formulation in a 50 ml volumetric flask. DUute with mobUe phase to 50.00 ml. DUute 5.00 ml to 50.00 ml with mobile phase.
  • the HPLC method employed is the same as described under Method B.
  • the test solution is prepared as follows: The intestine is shaken for 2 hours with 50.00 ml of the mobile phase. The test solution is filtered through a 0.2 ⁇ m filter. Dilute 1000 ⁇ l to 10.00 ml with mobile phase. - -
  • pH in the crystalline hquid phase is determined in a 10% w/w dispersion of the liquid crystalline phase (containing the active substance and any excipients) in distiUed water. Prior to determination the dispersion is subjected to ultrasonic treatment for 30 minutes in order to ensure that an equihbrium between the liquid crystaUine phase and the distilled water has taken place.
  • the pH is measured by employment of a HAMILTON FLUSHTRODE which is a suitable pH-electrode for measurement of pH in the dispersions. The procedure followed was in accordance with the instructions given by the manufacturer of the electrode.
  • compositions i.e. for composition wherein the concentration of the active ingredient in the liquid crystalhne phase may be varied (e.g. from 1-20% w/w or in any range relevant for compositions according to the invention.
  • Modifications of the method described above may also be employed e.g. i) the dispersion mentioned above may obtained by diluting the liquid crystaUine phase in a range corresponding to from about 1:20 to about 1:5 with distiUed water, ii) ultrasonic treatment may be omitted or substituted by stirring or treatment in a rotomat provided that measures are taken to ensure that equihbrium takes place or, alternatively, that measurement of pH takes place after a well- defined time period, and hi) other suitable electrodes may be employed.
  • test conditions (stirring, ultrasonic treatment, time, electrodes) should be essentially the same when determining pH in the liquid crystaUine phase of compositions.
  • the determination of the solubihty of the active substance in the liquid crystalline phase of the composition is, of course, performed on the liquid crystalhne phase as formed. In practice, this means that when the composition is one in which the liquid crystalhne phase has already been formed when the composition is apphed, the determination of the solubihty is performed on the composition itself.
  • the determination of the solubihty is suitably performed by microscopy to observe any crystals of the active substance. Suitable test conditions involve a magnification of about 250 x and e.g. room temperature (20°C or 37°C may also be employed).
  • the determination of the concentration at which crystals are observed is performed after a period of at least one week after preparation of the composition or the liquid crystaUine phase to ensure that equilibrium has taken place.
  • the liquid crystalline phase used as a reference in the solubility determination is a liquid crystaUine phase imitating the liquid crystalline phase which will be formed when the composition absorbs hquid from the site of apphcation.
  • This reference liquid crystalhne phase is made up with water (as representing the hquid absorbed) in such an amount that the reference liquid crystaUine phase is the same type of hquid crystalhne phase as is generated from the precursor composition.
  • the pH is determined in the liquid crystaUine phase as described above to determine the pH conditions when determining the solubUity.
  • the solubUity of the active substance is then determined by stirring an excess amount of the active substance in water, where applicable, being buffered to a pH substantially identical to the pH prevaUing in the liquid crystalhne phase for a time period of at least 24 hours (to ensure that equUibrium has taken place) and at a constant temperature (e.g.
  • the samples initially were subjected to ultrasonic treatment for half an hour in order to accelerate the time for equUibrium.
  • concentration of the active substance in the supernatant i.e. the aqueous solubility at the given pH
  • an appropriate assay e.g. by HPLC or UV spectroscopy.
  • the water is adjusted to substantially the pH of the liquid crystalline phase by using a suitable buffer system when determining the solubihty of the active substance.
  • This buffer system should of course be so selected that, apart from the pH adjustment, it has substantially no influence on the solubihty of the active substance in the buffered water.
  • the aqueous solubihty is determined as a function of pH, i.e. by determining the aqueous solubihty in buffer systems having a pH in a range of about 3 to about 9.5 such as about 3.6 to about 9.
  • Suitable buffer systems include acetate, citrate, phosphate, borate etc. and the concentration of the buffer is sufficient to ensure a constant pH during the experiments. A concentration of at least 0.01 M is normally suitable.
  • This method is applicable when determining the minimum aqueous solubihty of a specific active substance at a given temperature and at a given pH range.
  • the test conditions described pH, temperature, ultrasonic treatment, stirring, time for ensuring that equilibrium has taken place) above are also valid when determining the minimum solubihty.
  • the lameUar phase is the dominating one at a relatively low water content (below 20% w/w) and at a temperature of about 37°C, whereas the cubic phase dominates as the water content increases (more than about 20% w/w).
  • the DSC measurements were performed using a Perkin Elmer Unix DSC model 7 Differential Scanning Calorimeter. The heating rate was 5°C/min and the scanning temperature was from 5°C to 70°C. Samples were contained in sealed aluminium pans (Perkin Elmer No. BO14-3017) and as a reference empty aluminium pans were employed. The phase transitions caused only a relatively small enthalpy change and, therefore, the amount of sample tested was optimized to about 30-40 mg. The prepared pans were sealed and stored for two days at 5°C prior -to analysis.
  • the liquid crystalhne phase can also be determined using polarized light and e.g. employing a stereomicroscope (Leitz, Diaplane) equipped with polarization filters.
  • the appearance of reversed micelles (L2) are seen as a liquid oil, the lamellar phase (L ⁇ ) is mucous-like and in polarized light it is birefringent.
  • the appearance of the cubic phase is as a very viscous and glass-clear sample.
  • the cubic phase (Q) is optically isotropic and gives a black background with no details indicating that it does not reflect the light.
  • the lamellar and hexagonal phases are optically anisotropic.
  • the lamellar phase gives a structure like a pipe cleaner on a black background or, expressed in another manner, could be identified from the oily streak texture and the spherical, positive maltese cross-units visible between crossed polarisers.
  • the reversed hexagonal phase gives different patterns but in most cases it resembles a mosaic-like structure or gives angular or fan-like textures.
  • the method can be employed in testing the phase behaviour of various bioadhesive compositions.
  • a modified diffraction thermal pattern (DTP) camera was employed.
  • the source was an X-ray tube equipped with a Cu-anode emitting K ⁇ -rays at a wavelength of 1.5418 A.
  • the X-ray generator was a Philips PW 1729.
  • the liquid crystalhne state can be identified by low angle X-ray diffraction and its appearance in polarized hght.
  • the characteristic X-ray diffraction pattern for the three liquid crystalline phases (lameUar, hexagonal, cubic) will give rise to diffraction lines in the following orders:
  • the glycerylmonooleate (abbreviated as GMO in the following) (and whenever relevant glycerylmonolinoleate (Dimodan® LS)) is gently melted on a heating plate or in an oven and the liquid obtained (max. temperature of the melted liquid is about 60°C) is cooled to about 40°C before mixing with other ingredients.
  • GMO glycerylmonooleate
  • Dimodan® LS glycerylmonolinoleate
  • compositions of GMO/Vitamin E TPGS, GMO/lecithin, and GMO/lecithin/Vitamin E TPGS, respectively, are prepared as follows:
  • GMO and Vitamin E TPGS are melted together at a temperature of max. 60°C.
  • GMO and Vitamin E TPGS, respectively are individuaUy melted before mixing of the two components. Then the hquid phase is added.
  • Lecithin is dissolved in GMO at a temperature of about 60°C. Then the hquid phase is added. If the content of lecithin is >50% by weight of the GMO content (lecithin/GMO >0.5) then lecithin and the GMO may be dissolved in ether or ethanol followed by evaporation of the solvent by vacuum distillation. Then the hquid phase is added.
  • Lecithin is dissolved in a GMO-Vitamin E TPGS phase at 60°C.
  • the method described above involving ether or ethanol as solvent can also be employed.
  • GMO and Vitamin E TPGS are melted at max. 60°C.
  • Acyclovir is suspended into the melt under stirring.
  • Epicuron 200 is dispersed in an aqueous medium by means of a homogenizer and is then added to the GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/acyclovir mixture in a mortar under vigorous stirring until a homogeneous mixture is obtained.
  • the mixture is subjected to ultrasonic treatment for 1 hour and left in an oven (37°C) for 2 days to ensure that equihbrium has taken place.
  • compositions described above any active drug substance and or other excipients are added or, alternatively, these substances are dissolved in the liquid phase before these two phases are mixed together.
  • composition contains an active substance in a GMO/ethanol or GML/ethanol vehicle or a lipid phase/ethanol vehicle
  • one of the following methods can be apphed:
  • the active substance was dissolved or dispersed in ethanol and then mixed with melted GMO under stirring,
  • the active substance was dissolved or dispersed in a GMO/ethanol mixture.
  • An acyclovir ointment composition was prepared as foUows:
  • the acyclovir was suspended in the melted lipid phase and the other ingredients were added.
  • the monoglyceride mixtures and the ingredients were mixed by stirring or shaking.
  • the compositions were subjected to ultrasound treatment for about 1 h and were stored for at least two days at 37°C before use to ensure that equUibrium had been obtained (e.g. that the stable hquid crystaUine phase has been formed in the total formulation and that equihbrium between the sohd and dissolved substance has taken place).
  • the acyclovir can be suspended in the hquid phase before combining the liquid phase with the melted GMO.
  • compositions in which a cubic liquid crystalline phase has been generated and wherein structurants like Epikuron 200 and Vitamin E TPGS are included.
  • compositions included in the study are left in transparent glass containers in a climate cabinet and the temperature is maintained at 15°C, 25°C or 40°C.
  • composition investigated is prepared using GMO-90 (with a content of GMO of about 90% w/w) or, alternatively, by using RYLO MG19 (with a content of about 90% GMO).
  • the compositions which are prepared using both qualities of GMO have been marked with a * in the following.
  • the liquid crystalline phase was investigated by means of polarised light at 22°C.
  • the compositions investigated was prepared by dissolving Epikuron 200 in melted GMO/Vitamin E TPGS (max. 60°C).
  • the liquid crystalline phase was investigated by means of polarised light at 22 °C.
  • the compositions investigated was prepared by dissolving Epikuron 200 in melted GMO/Vitamin E TPGS (max. 60°C).
  • the purpose with the study is to investigate whether the presence of structurants hke phosphatidylcholine and Vitamin E TPGS has any influence on the solubihty of acyclovir in the liquid crystalline phase.
  • compositions are treated for 1 hours in an ultrasonic bath and stored at 37°C for at least 2 days before each composition is subjected to polarized light to see whether acyclovir crystals are present in the cubic phase. If crystals are observed then the solubility is judged to be less than 2 mg/g or 5 mg/g.
  • the solubihty of acyclovir at room temperature (22°C) is 0.5-1 mg/g.
  • the solubihty of all the compositions is found to be less than 0.2% as acyclovir crystals are observed in the microscope.
  • the results indicate that the lecithin and the TPGS do not increase the solubility of acyclovir compared with a GMO/water cubic phase.
  • compositions are prepared as described above (Epikuron 145 is dispersed/dissolved in Vitamin E TPGS at 60°C for up to 3 days).
  • the compositions are inspected in polarized light as described under the heading "Methods”.
  • compositions described above under heading “A” are subjected to a test for bioadhesion employing test system No. 3 - washing off ability from the skin described under the heading “Methods”. The results are that at least some of the compositions are bioadhesive.
  • compositions without any drug substance are provided without any drug substance
  • the results from the DSC and polarized hght measurement show that the lamellar phase is present at room temperature and the lameUar phase is changed to the cubic phase when the temperature increases (Fig. 4).
  • the transition temperature is about 37°C.
  • compositions containing GMO 90 and Vitamin E TPGS and/or Epikuron 200 as structurants are subjected to X-ray diffraction measurements (as described under the heading "Methods") in a temperature scan at 20-80°C.
  • the aim of the study is to investigate the influence structurants like Vitamin E TPGS and/or phosphatidylcholin have on the phase behaviour of GMO/water based composition.
  • the aim of the study is also to obtain an indication of whether the structurants participate in the cubic structure formed due to the GMO/water content in the compositions or whether the function of the structurants more are like diluents, i.e. they do not in themselves participate in the formation of the cubic structure but may merely just be incorporated in the composition and the cubic structure is more or less alone based on the GMO/water content.
  • compositions are:
  • GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water 50/15/35 % w/w
  • GMO/Epikuron 200/water/Vitamin E TPGS 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 % w/w
  • compositions 1-3 are cubic at 37°C and give an indication of that Vitamin E TPGS and/or Epikuron 200 participate in the cubic structure, i.e. the cubic liquid crystalhne phase formed is based on the GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water or GMO/Epikuron 200/water/Vitamin E TPGS compositions and not on the GMO/water content alone.
  • the cubic liquid crystalhne phase formed is based on the GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water or GMO/Epikuron 200/water/Vitamin E TPGS compositions and not on the GMO/water content alone.
  • auxiliary substances in general only can be incorporated into the GMO cubic lattice structure in a relatively low concentration. If Vitamin E TPGS and/or lecithin do not participate in the cubic lattice structure then an excess of water would have been expected, i.e. a phase separation of the composition into at least two distinct liquid phases would have been observed and no such observation is made.
  • compositions Nos. 1-3 above are also subjected to DSC experiments. No peaks is observed (see Figs. 5-7) indicating that the cubic phase do not transform to another liquid crystalline phase in the temperature range investigated (20-70°C). These results are in consistency with the results obtained from the X-ray measurements given above.
  • compositions containing GMO/water 65/35% w/w and GMO/water 65/35% w/w with acyclovir (crystalline and micronized, respectively) added in concentrations 2.5, 5.0 and 10% w/w were subjected to X-ray diffraction measurements (as described under the heading "Methods") in a temperature scan at 20-70°C.
  • Methods X-ray diffraction measurements
  • compositions containing GMO 90 and Vitamin E TPGS and/or Epikuron 200 as structurants and 5% w/w acyclovir are also subjected to X-ray diffraction measurements (as described under the heading "Methods") in a temperature scan at 20-80°C.
  • the aim of the study is to investigate the influence of acyclovir on the phase behaviour of compositions wherein phosphatidylchohne and/or Vitamin E TPGS are added as structurants.
  • Compositions without any drug substance i.e. 5% w/w acyclovir is added to GMO/Vitamin E
  • compositions 2A and 3A are cubic at 37°C.
  • acyclovir in a concentration of 5% w/w does not seem to result in a change in the phase behaviour and the cubic phase seems to be rather stable within the temperature ranges investigated.
  • compositions containing GMO/water 65/35% w/w with acyclovir (crystalline and micronized, respectively) added in a concentration of 1-40% were tested in polarized hght at 22°C and 37°C, respectively, as described above under the heading "Methods”.
  • Methods The results show the presence of cubic phases in all compositions indicating that acyclovir probably is inert in the cubic phase.
  • compositions (with or without 5% crystalhne acyclovir) are tested in the washing off ability test system for bioadhesiveness described under the heading "Methods”.
  • GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water 50/15/35 % w/w
  • GMO/Epikuron 200/water/Vitamin E TPGS 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 % w/w
  • the dissolution rate of acyclovir in various GMO compositions is determined using Franz diffusion cells as described under the heading "Methods”.
  • a series of GMO compositions containing Epikuron 200 (phosphatidylcholin) and/or Vitamin E TPGS and acyclovir are prepared as described above, and they are subjected to the above dissolution/release rate determination. All compositions were suspensions of acyclovir, that is, they contain acyclovir which has not dissolved. The solubihty of acyclovir in the compositions investigated is less than 0.2% w/w according to the solubility experiments performed.
  • composition Nos. 1-4 The release profiles for composition Nos. 1-4 are shown in Figs. 10 and 11 and the following slopes (Higuchi plots) are found:
  • the hquid crystalhne phase present in composition No. 5 is the lamellar liquid crystalhne phase.
  • the composition is in the form of a precursor composition and a phase conversion to the cubic liquid crystalline phase takes place during the testing.
  • the release rate of acyclovir (cf. Fig. 11 A) is of the same order of magnitude as the reference cubic liquid crystaUine phase-containing composition (GMO/water) and thus, confirms that the cubic liquid crystaUine phase is formed during the test.
  • GMO/water reference cubic liquid crystaUine phase-containing composition
  • Composition No. 6 contains oleic acid as an enhancer.
  • the liquid crystalhne phase present in the composition is the reverse hexagonal crystaUine phase.
  • the release rate of acyclovir (see Fig. 11A) is of the same order of magnitude as the reference cubic liquid crystalline phase-containing composition (GMO/water) and thus, indicates that the cubic hquid crystaUine phase is formed early during the test. It is most likely that oleic acid is rapidly released and then the conditions present in the composition favours a formation of the cubic hquid crystaUine phase.
  • GMO/water reference cubic liquid crystalline phase-containing composition
  • the rate limiting step in the dissolution process is diffusion of acyclovir molecules
  • a precursor composition is capable of generating a cubic liquid crystaUine phase
  • a phase conversion may take place after apphcation of a composition.
  • compositions containing antiviral substances are provided.
  • compositions are prepared as described above. 5% w/w of an antiviral substance is added to all the compositions listed in the table below.
  • Oil e.g. olive oil, ricinus oil etc.
  • another substance which decreases the melting point of the lipid formulations may be added to obtain a cream or an ointment at room temperature.
  • the compositions are able to absorb e.g. sweat or exudate from a wound and a liquid crystalline phase like e.g. the cubic liquid crystalhne phase is formed.
  • a hquid crystal phase inhibitor may be added and exert its function in the solid state (e.g. sugar alcohols hke trehalose, or PVP).
  • Addition of water in small amounts may reduce the viscosity and hinder crystallization of the lipids.
  • compositions are also relevant, i.e. compositions having other active substances or having a drug concentration of about 1-20% w/w and compositions having a composition of the vehicle as given in Example 1-80 above.
  • the buffers with pH 3.6, 4.2 and 5.3 were prepared using monobasic sodium phosphate and dibasic sodium phosphate (pH adjustment with phosphoric acid).
  • the buffers in the pH range 6.0 to 9.6 were prepared using monobasic potassium phosphate (pH adjustment with sodium hydroxide).
  • the molarity of the phosphate salts was 0.05M; the pH of the medium was measured with a pH-meter.
  • Miconazole is an example of an active substance which is insoluble in water but has a solubility of more than 2% w/w in the hquid crystaUine phase. However, the release of miconazole is very slowly from the cubic phase.
  • the table given below shows the solubihty of and the crystaUine phase obtained for miconazole in a GMO/water 70/30% w/w vehicle.
  • compositions were found to be highly bioadhesive, indicating that with substances having a very low solubihty in the hquid crystalhne phase, the liquid crystalhne phase remains less disturbed by the presence of particles of the active substance and retains its bioadhesive properties.
  • the GMO/GML mixture corresponds to about equal amounts of glycerol monooleate and glycerol monolinoleate
  • relevant excipients or solvents such as, e.g., agents which are known solubijizers for active substances or agents which are known as release - modulating agents (i.e.
  • agents which when added make it possible to adjust or control the release of the active substance from a composition do not significantly influence the bioadhesiveness of the composition when the agents (excipients or solvents) are added in relatively low concentrations (less than about 10% w/w).
  • the release of an active substance from a composition which has proved to possess bioadhesive properties can be controlled at least to a hmited extent by adjusting the amount of a release modulating agent such as, e.g., glycerol, sesame oU, soybean oil, sunflower oil, lecithin, cholesterol, etc.
  • a modulating agent may influence the pore size of the water channels in the cubic phase and/or alter the partition coeffient of the active substance between the lipid domains and the aqueous phase at least to a hmited extent.
  • solubUisation of an active substance or a fatty acid ester for use in a bioadhesive composition can be effected by use of e.g. benzyl alcohol without significantly influencing the bioadhesive properties of the composition.
  • the bioadhesive principles described herein have a high potential with respect to developing bioadhesive drug compositions having such a drug localization, such a drug release profile, and such a drug duration which are desirable or necessary under the given circumstances.
  • the present inventors have found an advantageous bioadhesive drug dehvery system.
  • the methodology described herein is a methodology which is generally useful for investigating whether mixing or dissolving of an active substance in a vehicle capable of forming a hquid crystaUine phase also leads to incorporation of the active substance in the liquid crystalhne phase. While miconazol and lidocain hydrochlorides have been used as model substances in the description of the experiments, the same measures as described herein can be used for substances which have a very low solubUity in both water and ethanol such as, e.g., acyclovir.
  • lidocaine hydrochloride In the experiment with lidocaine hydrochloride, barely half the content of the drug was recovered after a flow period of 10 sec and only a neghgible amount after 30 minutes. Because of its high water solubihty (about 0.7 g/ml at 25°C), the greater part of the lidocaine hydrochloride is probably dissolved and washed away in the buffer solution during the prehydration time (10 min) and only some is incorporated in the cubic phase formed. Most of the incorporated drug had been released at the end of the experiment. Other studies have shown that lidocaine hydrochloride is released rather quickly from the cubic phase probably through the water channels contained in the cubic phase. Results for acyclovir, which is poorly soluble in both water and the cubic phase, given in the table clearly demonstrate that acyclovir is enclosed in the cubic liquid crystalline phase formed and some of it may have been released during the experiment.
  • a series of GMO compositions containing acyclovir were prepared as described above, and they were subjected to the above dissolution rate determination.
  • AU compositions were suspensions of acyclovir, that is, they contain acyclovir which was not dissolved.
  • the solubUity of acyclovir in the compositions investigated was less than 0.1% w/w (0.05% w/w ⁇ the solubihty of acyclovir ⁇ 0.1% w/w).
  • the results appear from Figures 12-18.
  • the results indicate that the release of acyclovir from a GMO based vehicle is dependent on the concentration of acyclovir in the composition, provided that the release takes place from a cubic phase system. Furthermore, the results indicate the capability of a GMO-based vehicle to function as a very effective drug delivery system.
  • Figs. 12-14 show the release of acyclovir (1-5% micronized) from a cubic phase (GMO/water 65/35% w/w) and Zovir® cream, respectively, into isotonic 0.05 M phosphate buffer solution, pH 6.5 (37°C).
  • acyclovir (1-5% micronized) from a cubic phase (GMO/water 65/35% w/w) and Zovir® cream, respectively, into isotonic 0.05 M phosphate buffer solution, pH 6.5 (37°C).
  • the release of acyclovir increases with increasing concentration of acyclovir over the range investigated. There is not proportionality between the rate of release and the concentration; this appears from the fact that the graphs of % released (Fig. 13) do not coincide and the slope of the Higuchi plots (Fig. 14); the release is dependent on the concentration. However, at a concentration of 3-5% w/w acyclovir, no significant difference in release rates was found.
  • rate constant herein as the release of acyclovir from the liquid crystaUine formulations according to the invention which can be described by means of the so-called Higuchi equation (Higuchi, T., Rate of release of medicaments from ointment base containing drug in suspension. J. Pharm. Sci., 50 (1961) 874-875): on linear regression; the cumulative amount of acyclovir released plotted versus the square root of time results in a straight line with the slope k (rate constant ⁇ g/h' ⁇ ). This appears from Fig.
  • FIGs 15, 16 and 17 show an identical release pattern for crystalhne and micronized acyclovir, respectively, from a formulation consisting of GMO/water 65/35% w/w + 1% acyclovir.
  • the release rate of crystalline acyclovir is slightly improved from a composition containing lecithin (GMO/water/lecithin 55/35/10% w/w + 1% acyclovir) compared to the same composition containing micronized acyclovir (Figs. 15-16).
  • micronized quality increases the viscosity of the cubic phase more that the crystalline phase. This condition alone favours the use of the crystalhne quahty in a potential product so that product of suitable and not too high viscosity can be obtained. Furthermore, the use of the crystalline form is favourable from a stability point of view.
  • the profile of GMO/water 65/35 % w/w has a shape simUar to the others with the exception of the profiles for the compositions containing sesame oU. In the latter case the release rate is drastically reduced, which could mean that the compositions consist of the reversed hexagonal phase, but this has not been confirmed. It should be noted that the composition consisting of 65 parts of GMO and 35 parts of glycerol, have the same release profile as the reference composition, although both the visual and the polarized hght do not indicate that they consist of the cubic phase.
  • the cubic phase is created on the surface of the formulation during the release experiment, through its contact with the dissolution medium (37°C).
  • Addition of the release modulating substances glycerol and lecithin flecithin is as described above also a structurant) to the cubic phase has not significantly changed the release of acyclovir in the concentrations examined.
  • TPGS seem to have increased the dissolution of acyclovir in the cubic phase nor changed the partition coefficient between the cubic phase and the release medium, as the release profile is identical with the profile of the reference composition.
  • Fig. 11 shows the release profiles of composition containing 5% acyclovir.
  • a composition of GMO/water 65/35% w/w with 5% w/w acyclovir has been used for the treatment of cold sores in humans.
  • Treatment was started with a maximum of 24 hours delay from start of symptoms. In one case, treatment with Zovirax® cream was tried for 4.5 days before switch to GMO acyclovir cream. GMO acyclovir cream was apphed 3 times daily (range 2-4) for 2.5 days (range 1.5-4).
  • Apphcation frequency and treatment duration for GMO acyclovir cream in these case reports are less than recommended for Zovirax® cream.
  • the efficacy was judged to be equivalent or better than that of Zovirax® cream.
  • test was performed over five working days with four applications and four recordings after 24 hours.
  • the test material was apphed onto the volunteers on volar next to their non-dominant underarms.
  • the skin reaction was evaluated both in respect of erythema and oedema on a scale ranging from 0 to 3. The scoring was made by the same person for aU the volunteers.
  • the Chamber Scarification Test is used in order to evaluate the skin irritation profile of the above-mentioned compositions.
  • the Chamber Scarification Test is developed to investigate and compare cosmetics, cosmetic ingredients and consumer products intended for repeated use on normal or diseased skin.
  • the assay amplifies irritant reactions to the test products by scarification of the test area prior to the first application.
  • the test is carried out as described by K. E. Andersen in Contact Dermatitis 1996 (34), pp. 181-184 by P. J. Frosch & A. M. Khgman in Contact Dermatitis 1976 (2), pp. 314- 324.
  • compositions according to the invention in vitro permeability of compositions according to the invention across human skin
  • Excised abdominal skin from humans was obtained from The Chnic of Plastic Surgery. The hairs were removed from the epidermal side by clipping. Subcutaneous fat on the dermal side was removed. The skin was washed with distilled water and stored at -18°C until use.
  • the skin membranes were thawed and mounted in Franz diffusion cells.
  • the receptor chambers were filled with receptor medium and the epidermal side of the skin was wetted with a few drops of receptor medium.
  • the skin was then allowed to equilibrate for about 24 hours. Blood and soluble enzymes were at the same time washed out of the skin, and thereby could not disturb analysis of the receptor medium for acyclovir.
  • the integrity of the individual skin samples was ensured by measuring the capacitance of the skin. Skin samples with a capacitance of less than about 0.055 ⁇ F were considered intact, whereas skin samples with a higher capacitance were considered damaged.
  • the water permeability ( 3 H) may also be determined as a measure of the integrity of the skin.
  • the results from the permeation study shows that the permeation profiles for acyclovir from the GMO/water composition (cubic liquid crystalhne phase) and Zovir®, respectively, are not significantly different.
  • the lag time is about 1 day.
  • the release profile shows tht acyclovir delivered from a cubic liquid crystalline phase of GMO permeates the skin and, accordingly, a cubic liquid crystalhne phase is an excellent drug delivery system for acyclovir and most likely also for other active substances especially antiviral substances.
  • the compositions remain on the skin.
  • compositions according to the invention in vitro permeability of compositions according to the invention across human skin
  • the foUowing experiments can be performed using wholly intact human skin excised from cosmetic surgery.
  • the skin is obtained from clinics for plastic surgery.
  • the skin is treated as mentioned in the Example above and stored at -18°C.
  • Skin from other mammals than humans may also be employed such as, e.g. guinea pigs, mice and pigs.
  • the skin may be separated into epidermis and dermis by exposing the skin to hot water (60°C) for e.g.
  • the stratum corneum can be isolated by tape stripping. If the drug substance is insoluble in water, the epidermis can be separated by dry heat separation e.g. at 60°C for 2 min by placing the sample (contained in a closed package) in a water bath or in a heat cabinet.
  • the test conditions are generally as described in the Example above, but other test times (e.g. from 1 hour to 7 days), amounts of sample apphed (e.g. 50-350 mg) etc. may be appropriate.
  • the same donor is used to testing different compositions and the skin specimens were taken from the same skin area. In order to simulate injured skin, the skin can be injured by applying a skin enhance or by stripping the skin with tape.
  • the amount of drug substance within the skin can be calculated by measuring the concentration of the drug substance in i) the receptor medium, ii) the skin, and/or iii) the remaining composition. By measuring i) and iii), the amount of drug substance in the skin can be calculated.
  • the herpes virus replicate in the living epidermis.
  • the basal layer of the epidermis appears to be the primarily site of antiviral activity in cutaneous HSV-1 infections, i.e. the epidermis appears to be the target site for antiviral drug substances.
  • Permeation (i.e. penetration into and through the skin) of acyclovir or other antiviral substances can be investigated across isolated epidermis by diffusion (as described above). In this manner, a measure is obtained of the amount of acyclovir having permeated the epidermis.
  • a picture is obtained of the penetration (i.e. the entry into the skin but not through the skin) of acyclovir (or other antiviral substances) in the skin by means of diffusion test using wholly skin which at the end of the experiment is divided into stratum corneum (e.g. enzymatic degradation or tape stripping; tape stripping: 10-20 x, e.g. using Scotch Brand Magic Tape No.
  • compositions are removed by use of a spatula and the skin is dried using Kleenex dipped in a ethanol-water (3:1) solution.
  • acyclovir or other radioactive antiviral drugs
  • the amount of acyclovir penetrating the tissue was measured by a liquid scintillation technique ( 3 H- acyclovir is commercially avaUable in form of a ethanol/water 30/70 solution (Sigma); e.g. 21 ⁇ l H-acyclovir corresponding to about 0.8 ⁇ Ci/ml is added to 1 g composition).
  • acyclovir Due to the fact that the main part of the acyclovir is present in the form of undissolved particles in a concentration of about 1-10% by weight, it is initially necessary to dissolve cold acyclovir and add the hot radioactive form on dissolved form in order to obtain a homogeneous mixture of cold and hot molecules.
  • Cold acyclovir is dissolved in 0.1 N NaOH and the hot acyclovir is added under stirring.
  • Hydrochloric acid (to adjust pH to about 7) is rapidly added under vigorous stirring to obtain a uniform precipitation of hot and cold acyclovir crystals. The precipitation is enhanced by maintaining the mixture at 5°C for e.g. 24 hours.
  • the acyclovir crystals are filtered off and washed 3 times with a small amount of water. The crystals are dried in an excicator. By using this procedure it is possible to control the ratio between hot and cold acyclovir in dissolved and undissolved form, respectively.
  • acyclovir In order to examine the content of acyclovir in different skin sections/layers, the skin sections were placed in scintillation vials with e.g. Soluene 350 over night to dissolve the skin components. Scintillation cocktail (e.g. Hionic-Flour) was subsequently added and the samples were assayed for content of acyclovir (or the appropriate antiviral drug) by liquid scintillation spectrometry.
  • the drug metabolizing enzyme activity in the epidermis is greatly dependent on tissue viability. Therefore, it should be stressed that the determination of skin absorption described above does not distinguish between the intact antiviral drug and its metabolites. It cannot be excluded that excised skin (usually stored) will loose some of its original enzyme activity. However, acyclovir exhibits no known metabolism in the skin.
  • acyclovir By extracting acyclovir from the skin components, acyclovir can also be quantified by HPLC.
  • compositions containing acyclovir or other drugs by means of an in vitro cell culture model
  • acyclovir or other antiviral drugs delivered from various compositions according to the invention can be examined using in vitro ceU cultures as a model of e.g. human oral epithehum.
  • a model involving e.g. TR 146 cell is suitable for sensitivity and permeability studies of antiviral drugs.
  • Other cell culture models are also avaUable, e.g. for the testing of the efficacy of drugs.
  • compositions containing acyclovir or other antiviral drugs by means of an in vivo animal model
  • the basal layer of the epidermis appears to be the primary site of antiviral activity in cutaneous HSV-1 infections, i.e. the target for antiviral drugs.
  • Methods - using hairless mouse or guinea pig as an animal model - are avaUable.
  • the methods allow calculation of the target site concentration of the antiviral (e.g. acyclovir) drug applied and allow an estimation of the efficacy of the antiviral compositions tested (see. e.g. Lee, P.H. et al., Pharm. Res. 9, 8, pp 979-988, 1992 and Su, M.-H. et al., Drug Develop. Ind. Pharm. 20 (4), 685-718, 1994).
  • model systems suitable for testing the antiviral effect of the compositions according to the invention.
  • Animal models often used are the hairless mouse model (5-7 weeks old) and the guinea pig model. The guinea pigs are shaved on their back before the start of the experiment in order to make a hairless test area.
  • the animals are anaesthetized before inducing skin lesions, e.g. on the lateral side of the body or in the lumbosacral area.
  • 0.005-0.2 ml of a virus suspension [herpes simplex virus type 1 (HSVl), e.g. strain E-377 or E-115 (titer usually in a range of 10 6 - 10 8 plaque forming units (PFU)/ml), stored at -70°C until use] was injected or rubbed on the skin with a cotton swab saturated with the virus (a drop of the virus suspension is apphed on the test area and then 6 small holes are made by means of a scalpel.
  • HSVl herpes simplex virus type 1
  • E-377 or E-115 titer usually in a range of 10 6 - 10 8 plaque forming units (PFU)/ml
  • the test area on the skin of the test animal can be divided into several test areas, e.g. six areas, thereby aUowing e.g. two different compositions (2x2) and their controls (1x2), placebo) to be tested at the same time on the same animal.
  • UsuaUy 10-30 animals are used for each composition (the number of animals depends on the number of applications).
  • Shortly after virus inoculation (e.g. 24-48 hours) compositions with antiviral drugs were apphed on the test areas at the skin e.g. with a 1 ml syringe and samples are bhndly randomized.
  • the lesions are treated with the compositions for 2-10 days (applied 2-5 times daUy) and then the effect of the treatment was investigated.
  • the lesions were scored for each animal and two distinct antiviral assessments can be made: i) topical efficacy is determined by measuring the antiviral activity of the antiviral drug substance (e.g. acyclovir) delivered from the compositions tested, and ⁇ ) systemic efficacy is determined by measuring the antiviral activity of the antiviral drug substance (e.g. acyclovir) in the circulatory system which delivers the antiviral substance to the target site (presumably the epidermal basal layer).
  • topical efficacy is determined by measuring the antiviral activity of the antiviral drug substance (e.g. acyclovir) delivered from the compositions tested
  • systemic efficacy is determined by measuring the antiviral activity of the antiviral drug substance (e.g. acyclovir) in the circulatory system which delivers the antiviral substance to the target site (presumably the epidermal
  • a score system is used. Different score systems may be employed based on the appearance of the skin lesions at various times after inoculation.
  • the score system could be that of Alenius and Oberg, Archives of Virology
  • HSV-1 virus may be isolated from the lesions and the number is counted. The results give an indication of i) inactivation of virus, ii) effect of the antiviral composition applied etc.
  • ChnicaUy confirmed history of recurrent Herpes Labialis, 2-3 annual recurrences. Present prodromal symptoms of Herpes Labialis eruption.
  • GMO acyclovir is not considered to have any advantage compared to Zovirax® cream.

Abstract

A drug delivery system containing a liquid crystalline phase such as a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse micellar liquid crystalline phase. The compositions are unique in that they, as delivery system, contain A) a substance which is capable of generating a liquid crystalline phase and providing suitable biopharmaceutical properties like e.g. suitable release of the active substance and bioadhesive properties, and B) at least another substance which without having any substantially negative effect on the biopharmaceutical properties provided by the substance mentioned above under A) either takes part in the formation of a liquid crystalline phase or dilutes the proportion of liquid crystalline phase in the composition while still maintaining suitable biopharmaceutical properties and a suitable storage stability. Examples of substances A) are fatty acid esters like e.g. glycerylmonooleate and glycerylmonolinoleate and examples of substances B) are e.g. structurants like phospholipids and tocopherols and/or pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.

Description

A NOVEL BIOADHESIVE DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEM BASED ON LIQUID CRYSTALS
The present invention relates to a drug delivery system containing a liquid crystalline phase such as a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse micellar liquid crystalline phase. The compositions are unique in that they as delivery system contains A) a substance which is capable of generating a liquid crystalline phase and providing suitable biopharmaceutical properties like e.g. suitable release of the active substance and bioadhesive properties, and B) at least another substance which without having any substantially negative effect on the biopharmaceutical properties provided by the substance mentioned above under A) either takes part in the formation of a liquid crystalline phase or dilutes the proportion of liquid crystalline phase in the composition while still maintaining suitable biopharmaceutical properties and a suitable storage stability.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to or through a damaged or undamaged skin or mucosal surface or to the oral cavity including the teeth of an animal such as a human. The composition is particularly suited for administration of substances which have a very low water solubility and which are to be supplied in an effective amount in a localized region over a period of time.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to a mammal such as a human. The composition is unique in that it contains i) a substance which together with a liquid medium such as e.g. water is capable of forming a liquid crystalline phase at room temperature and ii) a so-called stπicturant which is capable of participating in the formation of the liquid crystalline phase at room temperature. Such compositions are especially useful when it is desired to reduce the concentration of the substance mentioned under i) above in the composition without any significant or negative influence on the biopharmaceutical properties of the composition.
Furthermore, the invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition in which it is possible to incorporate relatively large amount of certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients without significantly changing the biopharmaceutical properties of the composition.
Background of the invention
From WO 95/26715 it is known that certain fatty acid esters have bioadhesive properties which are suitable for use in pharmaceutical compositions. Furthermore, WO 97/13528 (published on 17 April 1997 corresponding to the priority date of the present application) discloses pharmaceutical compositions containing active drug substances having a relatively low solubility in water at a pH of between 3.0 and 9.5 such as, e.g., between 3.2 and 9.3, between 3.4 and 9.1 or between 3.6 and 9 and having a relatively high release rate of the active drug substance for a suitable and sufficiently long period of time.
The pharmaceutical compositions disclosed in the above-mentioned international patent application are all based on a content of a fatty acid ester which is sufficient to enable a formation of a liquid crystalline phase either in the composition itself or in situ after application of the composition in the form of a so-called precursor composition.
For various reasons (such as, e.g., i) formulation considerations such as, e.g., viscosity, dosage form aspects etc., ii) patient acceptability considerations such as, e.g., appearance, taste, tolerability etc.) it may be desirable to reduce the amount of fatty acid ester present in the pharmaceutical compositions. However, the present inventor has found that a reduction in the content of a fatty acid ester, i.e. a substance which is capable of generating a liquid crystalline phase together with a suitable liquid medium, is not a simple routine for a person skilled in the art if the biopharmaceutical properties of the compositions (such as, e.g., release properties, bioadhesive properties and appropriate storage stability properties) still have to be maintained. In general, especially stability properties have been observed if such excipients which normally is used within the pharmaceutical field have been added to the liquid crystalhne phase.
Notably, in the case where an aqueous medium serves as a liquid medium with which the fatty acid ester forms the liquid crystalhne phase the inventor has, however, observed difficulties in reducing the concentration of fatty acid ester in the composition below a certain limit (for glycerylmonooleate. The limit has been found to be about 60-65% by weight in non-precursor compositions) without getting a two phase system, e.g. a cubic phase in excess water.
Disclosure of the invention
In searching for substances which may at least partly function as a suitable substitute for a liquid crystalhne phase-forming substance like e.g. a fatty acid ester in such a composition, the inventor has now surprisingly found that substances which not necessarily are able to form a liquid crystalline phase together with water at room temperature but which together with a fatty acid ester and a liquid medium is capable of forming a liquid crystalline phase are capable of substituting the fatty acid ester and still retaining the required properties with respect to e.g. release of active substance, bioadhesion, solubility of active substance in the fatty acid ester component etc. Such substances are in the following denoted "structurants" due to the observation that such substances most likely together with the liquid crystalline phase-forming substance like e.g. the fatty acid ester participate in the formation of the liquid crystalline phase structure and, thus, impart a liquid crystalline phase structure to the composition. A structurant is, accordingly, not a substance which merely is enveloped or enclosed in the composition and which, accordingly, would result in a dilution of the crystalline liquid medium which jn turn may result in a composition having a reduced bioadhesiveness compared with the parent composition where no substitution of the liquid crystalline phase-forming substance content has taken place. A structurant is capable of ensuring that a substitution of a certain amount of the fatty acid ester does not result in a deterioration of the content and pharmaceutical function of the liquid crystalline phase formed by e.g. a fatty acid ester and a liquid medium.
Thus, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to or through a nail or a damaged or undamaged skin or mucosal surface of a mammal (such as an animal or a human), the composition comprising
i) a first substance which is the active substance,
ii) an effective amount of a second substance which, together with a liquid medium, is capable of generating a hquid crystalline phase in which the constituents of the composition are enclosed, the liquid crystalline phase being selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse micellar liquid crystalline phase,
iii) a structurant which together with said second substance and a hquid medium is capable of forming a liquid crystalhne phase selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse micellar hquid crystalline phase; and
iv) optionally, a hquid medium which is substantially homogeneously distributed in the composition,
the composition either being one in which the liquid crystalline phase has been generated by the second substance and the structurant together with a sufficient amount of a liquid medium originally present in the composition, or the composition being in a precursor form in which the second substance and the structurant have not generated the liquid crystalline phase, but are capable of forming the hquid crystalhne phase in situ with moisture from the surface on which the composition is applied, the moisture in this case constituting at least part of the liquid medium,
the pH of the liquid crystalhne phase being in the range of 3.0-9.5 such as, e.g., 3.2-9.3, 3.4-9.1 or 3.6-9.0, determined as described herein,
the active substance having i) a first solubility in the liquid crystalline phase of at the most 20 mg/g at 20°C, and
ii) a second solubility in water of at the most 10 mg/ml at 20°C, the water, where applicable, being buffered to a pH in a range of 3.0-9.5 such as, e.g., 3.2-9.3, 3.4-9.1 or 3.6-9.
International patent apphcation No. PCT/DK96/00437, published on 17 April 1997, discloses a composition containing 5% by weight of acyclovir and 95% by weight of a glycerylmonooleate/water/lecithin (55/35/10% w/w) formulation, wherein the glycerylmonooleate product is DIMODAN® GMO-90 and the lecithin is Epikuron 200, and a composition containing 5% by weight of acyclovir and 95% by weight of a glycerylmonooleate/water/d-α-tocopherylpolyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate (65/35% w/w glycerylmonooleate/water plus 5% w/w d-α-tocopherylpolyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate), wherein the glycerylmonooleate product is DIMODAN® GMO-90.
Therefore, for states in which the present apphcation is co-pending with a national phase of the above international patent apphcation (this is expressed in the claims as "where applicable"), the following proviso apphes to the scope of the present apphcation: the composition is not one consisting of either a) 5% by weight of acyclovir and 95% by weight of a glycerylmonooleate/water/lecithin (55/35/10% w/w) formulation, wherein the glycerylmonooleate product is DIMODAN® GMO-90 and the lecithin is Epikuron 200, or b) 5% by weight of acyclovir and 95% by weight of a glycerylmonooleate/water/d-α- tocopherylpolyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate (65/35% w/w glyceiylmonooleate/water plus 5% w/w d-α-tocopherylpolyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate), wherein the glycerylmonooleate product is DIMODAN® GMO-90.
However, the present invention is not limited to pharmaceutical compositions containing drug substances having a relatively low solubility in water at a pH of between about 3.0 and 9.5 such as, e.g. between about 3.6 and 9. For structurants which fulfil a number of requirements, cf. below, the present inventor has found it possible also to obtain pharmaceutical compositions having suitable biopharmaceutical properties as well as a suitable storage stability, i.e. the compositions do not separate into at least two distinct phases within a well-defined period of time and under well-defined environmental conditions.
Thus, in another aspect, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to a mammal, the composition comprising
i) a first substance, which is the active substance, ii) a second substance which together with a liquid medium is capable of forming a hquid crystalhne phase at roo n temperature, the liquid crystalhne phase being selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse micellar liquid crystalline phase,
iii) a structurant
which - together with said second substance and water - at room temperature is capable of forming a liquid crystalhne phase selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse micellar liquid crystalhne phase,
which in itself together with water can form a liquid crystalline phase selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal and a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse liquid crystalline phase,
which - in a two component system wherein the structurant is one of the components and water is the other - is not capable of forming a cubic hquid crystalhne phase at room temperature, and
which has a solubility in said second substance of at least 15% by weight at 60°C; and
iv) optionally, a hquid medium which is substantially homogeneously distributed in the composition,
the composition either being one in which the hquid crystalhne phase has been generated by the second substance in combination with the structurant and together with a sufficient amount of the hquid medium originally present in the composition, or the composition being in a precursor form in which the second substance and the structurant have not generated the liquid crystalhne phase, but are capable of forming the liquid crystalhne phase in situ with moisture from the site at or to which the composition is administered, the moisture in this case constituting at least part of the liquid medium, and
the composition being substantially homogeneous and having such a physical stability that substantial no irreversible phase separation into two or more distinct phases can be observed visually after storage of the composition at 25°C and 60% relative humidity for one week. The present inventor has also found that the content of the substance which is capable of generating a liquid crystalline phase (i.e. the substance denoted "second substance" which e.g. is a fatty acid ester) can be reduced by incorporating at least 5% by weight of certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and such a reduction of the content of e.g. fatty acid ester does not significantly deteriorate or negatively influence the biopharmaceutical properties of the composition. The effect of such pharmaceutically acceptable excipients is most likely a diluting effect of the content of the liquid crystalline phase present in the composition while no significant diluting effect is observed with respect to the biopharmaceutical properties of the composition (e.g. release properties, bioadhesion, storage stability).
Accordingly, in a still further aspect, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to a mammal, the composition comprising
i) a first substance which is the active substance,
ii) a second substance which together with a liquid medium - at room temperature is capable of forming a liquid crystalhne phase selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, a micellar and a reverse micellar hquid crystalhne phase,
i) a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient in a concentration of at least 5% by weight based on the total composition, and
iv) optionally, a hquid medium which is substantially homogeneously distributed in the composition,
the composition either being one in which the hquid crystalhne phase has been generated by the second substance together with a sufficient amount of the liquid medium originally present in the composition, or the composition being in a precursor form in which the second substance has not generated the hquid crystalline phase, but is capable of forming the liquid crystalline phase in situ with moisture from the site at or to which the composition is administered, the moisture in this case constituting at least part of the liquid medium,
the composition being substantially homogeneous and having such a physical stability that substantial no irreversible phase separation into two or more distinct phases can be observed visually after storage of the composition at 25°C and 60% relative humidity for one week,
the composition containing at the most about 60% by weight of said second substance. As it appears from the aspects of the invention mentioned above, a liquid medium may optionally be present. In those case where a liquid medium is not present, the composition is in the form of a so-called "precursor composition", i.e. a composition in which a liquid crystalline phase has not been generated but which upon application to or on the mammal is capable of generating a liquid crystalhne phase by means of moisture or body fluid present on the apphcation site. The compositions of the invention may also be presented in precursor form even if a liquid medium is included in the composition. In such case, either the concentration of the liquid medium is too low to enable a formation of the liquid crystalhne phase in the composition or the hquid medium is of a type with which the second substance does not form a liquid crystalhne phase. In these cases, the liquid crystalline phase is formed in situ after application to the mammal by means of the moisture or body fluid present on the apphcation site.
In general, the pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention are intended for administration to a mammal such as a human. The underlying formulation principle of compositions according to the invention is so generally applicable that composition suitable for almost any apphcation site or administration route can be prepared by means of methods well known in the pharmaceutical practice. Preferably, the pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention are intended for application to or through undamaged or damaged skin or mucosa of an animal such as a human. The mucosa is preferably selected from oral, buccal, nasal, vaginal, rectal, aural, lung, and gastrointestinal mucosa. The skin or mucosa may also be inflamed. The composition may also be administered to body cavities such as the oral cavity or by the buccal route. Furthermore, the composition may be applied on or at a tooth or a dental pocket.
Furthermore, a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention may also be applied to a nail of an animal such as a human.
Liquid crystalline phase and suitable substances capable of forming liquid crystalline phases
As mentioned above an important property of a composition according to the present invention is its ability to generate a liquid crystalhne phase. The term "liquid crystalline phase" as used herein is used to denote an intermediate state between solid crystals and isotropic liquids, characterized by long-range order and short-range properties close to those of a simple liquid or solution (Keller et al., Handbook of Liquid Crystals, Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, Germany, 1980).
The main component in a composition according to the invention - which is responsible for the formation of a liquid crystalhne phase - is the so-called "second substance". As appears from the above, another component in a composition according to aspects of the invention may also be capable of forming a hquid crystalhne phase. Such a substance is in the present context denoted a "structurant". A structurant takes part in the liquid crystalline phase generated by the second substance, but need not be able to generate a liquid crystalhne phase in compositions without any second substance present. Furthermore, a structurant may generate a quite different liquid crystalhne phase than the second substance under the same conditions and in such a case, the present inventor has observed that the liquid crystalhne phase generated by a composition of the invention is the one of the second substance. Although further experiments need to be carried out in order to confirm that this observation is a general one, it is at present contemplated that i) the second substance may be responsible for what kind of hquid ciystalline phase a composition will generate or ii) the second substance may together with the structurant generate a liquid crystalhne phase of a different kind than expected taken the nature of the second substance into account. Many of the classes of substances and examples of specific substances which are suitable for use as second substances may of course also be suitable for use as structurants (and vice versa) provided that the specific requirements claimed are fulfilled.
Examples of suitable substances with an excellent ability of forming a liquid crystalhne phase are fatty acid esters like, e.g., glyceryl monoesters of fatty acids. Other substances which have ability of forming a hquid crystalhne phase are found among amphiphilic substances such as polar hpids, surfactants and emulsifiers. Specific examples of glyceryl monoesters of fatty acids include glycerylmonooleate (monoolein) and glycerylmonolinoleate. Such fatty acid esters are capable of forming various crystalhne phases upon contact with a hydrophilic medium such as water or glycerol. As will be explained in further detail below, these fatty acid esters also show so-called bioadhesive properties.
Liquid crystalhne phases may be a cubic (three cubic liquid crystalhne phases are well- characterised: i) the body-centred lattice, ii) the primitive diamond lattice, and hi) the gyroid), reverse cubic, hexagonal, reverse hexagonal, lamellar, micellar or reverse micellar phase. By the term "cubic hquid crystalhne phase" herein is meant a thermodynamically stable, viscous and optically isotropic phase made of a suitable substance such as, e.g., a fatty acid ester and a liquid medium such as, e.g., an aqueous medium. The cubic hquid crystalhne phase is contemplated to be build up of closed reversed micelles. The term "aqueous medium" includes media containing water or another hydrophilic and water-miscible substance such as, e.g., glycerol. The terms "hexagonal phase" and "reverse hexagonal phase", respectively, are used herein to describe thermodynamically stable, viscous and optically anisotropic phases characterized by long-range order in two dimensions and made of a suitable substance such as, e.g., a fatty acid ester and a liquid medium such as, e.g., an aqueous medium. The term "lamellar phase" is characterised by a long-range order in one dimension. The lamellar structure is the origin of liposomes having spherical shells of lipid bilayers. The various liquid crystalline phases can be detected and identified by use of polarized light or by means of X-ray diffraction pattern analysis (see, the Examples herein). The cubic liquid crystalhne phase is normally the preferred phase in the compositions of the invention, but also, e.g., the reverse hexagonal and the reverse cubic liquid crystalhne phase may be an interesting liquid crystalhne phase in the compositions according to the invention, notably in compositions which are in precursor form.
In accordance with the above-mentioned observations, the so-called "second substance" for use in compositions according to the invention may be a fatty acid ester which is capable of forming a liquid crystalhne phase on contact with a suitable liquid medium. The liquid of the liquid medium is suitably water, glycerol or an aqueous medium. An aqueous medium is a medium containing water at least in part.
Apart from aqueous solutions or dispersions, a medium with which the liquid crystalline phase is made may, especially for the precursor embodiment of the composition, at least in part be constituted by any body fluid or secretion which contains water and with which upon apphcation the composition comes into contact, such as, e.g. in the case of a human body fluid, saliva, sweat, gastric juice, etc. As indicated above, the body fluid may induce formation of a hquid crystalhne phase when a second substance such as a fatty acid ester is contacted with such a hquid.
However, in many embodiments, a composition according to the invention will be one in which the hquid crystalhne phase is already present, that is, the liquid crystalhne phase has already been established by interaction between a hquid medium present in the composition and the second substance such as a fatty acid ester. In such cases, the hquid of the hquid medium may typically be, e.g., water or glycerol or a mixture thereof, water often being a preferred liquid.
The fatty acid esters capable of generating a hquid crystalline phase as evidenced by one of the test methods described herein are fatty acid esters (i.e. composed of a fatty acid component and a hydros-containing component) wherein the fatty acid component of the fatty acid ester is a saturated or unsaturated fatty acid having a total number of carbon atoms of from C6 to C26.
Specific examples of saturated fatty acid moieties in the fatty acid esters according to the invention are selected from the group consisting of moieties of caproic acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, arachidic acid, and behenic acid.
Specific examples of unsaturated fatty acid moieties in the fatty acid esters according to the invention are moieties selected from the group consisting of palmitoleic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and arachidonic acid. Particularly suitable fatty acid esters for use in compositions according to the invention are fatty acid esters which are selected from the group consisting of fatty acid esters of polyhydric alcohols, fatty acid esters of hydroxycarboxylic acids, fatty acid esters of monosaccharides, fatty acid esters of glycerylphosphate derivatives, fatty acid esters of glycerylsulfate derivatives, and mixtures thereof. In those cases where the hydroxy-containing component of the fatty acid ester is polyvalent, the hydroxy-containing component may be partially or totally esterified with a fatty acid component or with mixtures of fatty acid components.
The polyhydric alcohol component of the fatty acid ester for use in compositions according to the invention is preferably selected from the group consisting of glycerol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3- propanediol, diacylgalactosylglycerol, diacyldigalactosylglycerol, erythritol, xylitol, adonitol, arabitol, mannitol, and sorbitol. The fatty acid esters formed from such polyhydric alcohols may be mono- or polyvalent such as, e.g., divalent, trivalent, etc. In particular fatty acid monoesters have proved to have bioadhesive properties and are therefore preferred fatty acid esters for use in compositions according to the invention. The position of the polyvalent alcohol on which the ester bond(s) is(are) established may be any possible position. In those cases where the fatty acid ester is a diester, triester, etc. the fatty acid components of the fatty acid ester may be the same or different. In a most preferred aspect of the present invention, the polyhydric alcohol component is glycerol.
Examples of fatty acid esters for use in compositions according to the invention and wherein the hydroxy-containing component is a polyhydric alcohol are glycerylmonooleate, glycerylmonolinoleate, glycerol monohnoleate, and mixtures thereof. These fatty acid esters have especially promising bioadhesive properties, confer the Examples herein.
In those cases where the fatty acid ester for use in compositions according to the present invention is formed between a hydroxycarboxylic acid (or a derivative thereof) and a fatty acid (or a derivative thereof), the hydroxycarboxylic acid component of the fatty acid ester is preferably selected from the group consisting of malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, lactic acid, and sorbic acid. An interesting example of a fatty acid ester for use in compositions according to the invention is a fatty acid monoester of citric acid.
As mentioned above, the hydroxy-containing component of a fatty acid ester for use in compositions according to the present invention may also be a saccharide, such as a monosaccharide such as, e.g., glucose, mannose, fructose, threose, gulose, arabinose, ribose, erythrose, lyxose, galactose, sorbose, altrose, tallose, idose, rhamnose, or allose. In those cases where the hydroxy-containing component is a monosaccharide, the fatty acid ester is preferably a fatty acid monoester of a monosaccharide selected from the group consisting of sorbose, galactose, ribose, and rhamnose. _ _
The hydroxy-containing component of a fatty acid ester for use in compositions according to the invention may also be a glycerylphosphate derivative such as, e.g., a phospholipid selected from the group consisting of phosphatidic acid, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidylinositole, and diphosphatidylglycerol.
Other interesting phospholipids are DEPE (1,2 dielaidoyl-sn-glycerol-3-phosphoethanolamine) and DMPE (PEG 550) (l,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine-N-(polyethylene glycol)550).
Especially interesting compounds having a phospholipid moiety are compounds wherein the fatty acid ester is a fatty acid ester of a glycerylphosphate derivative, and the fatty acid component is selected from the group consisting of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and behenic acid. Examples of such useful fatty acid esters are dioleyol phosphatidylcholine, dilauryl phosphatidylcholine, dimyristyl phosphatidylcholine, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylchohne, distearoyl phosphatidylchohne, dibehenoyl phosphatidylcholine, dimyristyl phosphatidylethanolamine, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylethanolamine, dioleyl phosphatidylglycerol, dilauryl phosphatidylglycerol, dimyristoyl phosphatidylglycerol, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylglycerol, distearoyl phosphatidylglycerol, dipalmitoyl phosphatic acid and mixtures thereof.
Most of the fatty acid esters for use in compositions according to the invention are well-known chemical compounds which are commercially available or may be prepared by means of conventional esterification procedures involving e.g. reaction of a fatty acid derivative such as, e.g., the corresponding acid chloride with a hydroxy-containing compound (if necessary protected with suitable protection groups) and subsequently isolating the fatty acid ester, if necessary after removal of any protecting group. Many of the commercially available fatty acid esters are employed in the food industry and in general, no steps are taken in order to obtain an approximately 100% pure fatty acid ester. As an example it can be mentioned that glycerylmonooleate from Danisco Ingredients A/S, Denmark is a very pure product containing about 98% w/w monoesters of which more than about 80% w/w (such as about 92% w/w) is glycerylmonooleate; the remaining monoesters are glycerylmonolinoleate, glyceryl monopalmitate and glyceryl monostearate. The fatty acid ester products for use in compositions according to the invention may thus be mixtures of fatty acid esters. Examples of fatty acid esters with excellent bioadhesive properties as well as an excellent ability of forming a liquid crystalhne phase are glyceryl monoesters of fatty acids. Specific examples include glycerylmonooleate (monoolein) and glycerylmonolinoleate. As mentioned above, such fatty acid esters are capable of forming various crystalhne phases upon contact with a hydrophilic medium such as water or glycerol, a preferred liquid crystalhne phase being the cubic hquid crystalhne phase.
Thus, very interesting compositions according to the invention are compositions in which the fatty acid ester is glycerylmonooleate or glycerylmonolinoleate, in particular glycerylmonooleate.
It has been found that the stability of the composition is considerably enhanced, such as resulting in a storage stability of at least 2 years at 25°C, when the glycerylmonooleate product (as is well known, fatty acid esters are almost invariably mixed products) contained in the product fulfils certain purity standards. Thus, the glycerolmonooleate product used for the preparation of the composition should contain at the most 4% of saturated monoglyceride and should preferably contain at least 88% of glycerylmonooleate, more preferably at least 89%, such as at least 90% or at least 91%, in particular at least 92%, of glycerylmonooleate.
When the composition is a precursor type composition, the hquid medium is either not present at all or is present in small amounts, such as an amount of at least 0.5% by weight, such as at least 1% by weight, calculated on the total composition, e.g. at least 2% by weight, calculated on the total composition, or up to at least 5% or in certain cases at least 10%, calculated on the total composition.
In non-precursor compositions, the hquid medium is normally present in an amount of at least 20% by weight, calculated on the total composition, such as at least 25% or at least 30% by weight, calculated on the total composition, and a preferred amount is often in the range of 25- 50% such as 25-40% by weight, in particular 25-35%, 27-40%, 27-35% or 30-40% by weight, calculated on the total composition.
Normally, the concentration of the second substance in a composition according to the invention is at least about 10% by weight such as, e.g., at least 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, or 70% by weight calculated on the composition.
In other terms, the concentration of the second substance in the composition is in a range corresponding to from about 10% to about 90% such as, e.g. about 15%-85%, about 20%-80%, about 25%-75%, about 25%-70%, about 25%-65%, about 25%-60%, about 25%-55%, about 30%- 50%, about 35%-55%, about 30%-45% or about 30%-40% by weight based on the total composition.
Generally, the maximal concentration of the second substance in the composition is at the most about 60% such as, e.g. at the most about 55%, about 50%, about 45%, about 40%, about 35%, about 30%, about 25% or about 20% by weight based on the total composition.
Structurants
As indicated above the gist of the present invention relates to the use of certain substances as substitutes for at least a part of the substance (e.g. a fatty acid ester) which is capable of forming a liquid crystalline phase. Surprisingly, the inventor has found that when, e.g., the fatty acid ester component is substituted by so-called structurants then the lattice structure of the liquid crystalline phase formed in the composition (or in situ if the composition is a precursor composition) is not only based on the fatty acid ester itself but the structurant takes part in this lattice. Thus, the structurant imparts the lattice structure to the composition and, thus, the content of lattice structure in the composition is of the same order of magnitude as if no substitution has taken place. When adding active substances or additives to a composition which is capable of forming a hquid crystalhne phase, the general observation is that the active substance or additive is enclosed or enveloped in the composition without participating in the formation of the lattice structure. In general, such substances can only be present in the composition to a certain extent beyond which the substance will exert a negative influence on the formation of a hquid crystalhne phase resulting in that either no hquid crystalhne phase is formed or the biopharmaceutical properties of the composition are negatively influenced. In general, substances can be incorporated in a concentration of at the most about 10% by weight without any significant change in the ability of the composition to form a hquid crystalline phase or to undergo a phase transition.
As mentioned above a structurant participates in the liquid crystalline structure preferably formed together with a fatty acid ester. A suitable structurant is typically an amphiphilic substance having a molecular weight of at the most 2000 or an emulsifier or a surfactant. Tensides (anionic, cationic, non-ionic like e.g. sorbitan esters, sorbitan macrogol esters (polysorbates)), polar lipids, glycolipids, lechitins, palmitoyl muramic acid (PMA), substances having surface active properties like e.g. certain cellulose derivatives, sorbitan oleate, sorbitan laurate, lanolin and derivatives thereof and ethoxylated derivatives of lanolin (Aqualose W20, Aqualose L30 and Aqualose L75) are also examples of suitable structurants for use in compositions according to the invention. Sorbitan esters are a series of mixtures of partial esters of sorbitol and its mono- and di- anhydrides with fatty acids. Examples of suitable sorbitan esters for use as structurants in a composition according to the invention are:
Sorbitan di-isostearate Sorbitan dioleate
Sorbitan monoisostearate
Sorbitan monolaurate
Sorbitan monooleate
Sorbitan monopalmitate Sorbitan monostearate
Sorbitan sesqui-isostearate
Sorbitan sesquioleate
Sorbitan trioleate
Sorbitan sesquistearate Sorbitan tri-isostearate
Sorbitan tristearate
Sorbitan tristearate
Polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters (polysorbates) are a series of fatty acid esters or sorbitol and its anhydrides copolymerized with approximately 20 moles of ethylene oxide for each mole of sorbitol and its anhydrides. Examples of suitable polysorbates for use in the present context are:
Polysorbate 20
Polysorbate 21
Polysorbate 40 Polysorbate 60
Polysorbate 61
Polysorbate 65
Polysorbate 80
Polysorbate 81 Polysorbate 85
Polysorbate 120
If a liquid medium such as, e.g., water is present in a composition, the polysorbates may be dissolved or dispersed therein. In order to be able to participate in the lattice structure of the liquid crystalline phase, it is contemplated that a structurant should possess a hydrophilic as well as hydrophobic portion. A useful structurant normally have the following molecular characteristics:
Chains: alkyl chains (saturated or unsaturated), polyethylene chains and/or polyoxyethylene chains
and contain at least one of the following functional groups (or a radical thereof):
sugar, oxyethylene, glycerol, hydroxy, polyhydroxy, amino acid, sulfates, and/or phosphates.
Suitable structurants are also found among the substances which normally are denoted emulsifiers. Preferably, the structurant has a saturated or unsaturated, branched or unbranched, substituted or unsubstituted C6-C2e-alkyl chain, and/or the structurant is a compound which contains a polyethylene group.
Furthermore, an important property of a structurant which is suitable for use in compositions according to the present invention is its solubility in the second substance such as e.g. a fatty acid ester or mixtures of fatty acid esters. It is believed that the two components (i.e. the second substance and the structurant) should be miscible (or compatible) and "like each other" in order to be able to cooperate when the lattice structure is formed. Thus, the solubility of the structurants in the second substance like e.g. a fatty acid ester or mixtures of fatty acid esters should preferably be at least about 15%, such as at least about 20% or about 25% by weight at 60°C.
In certain interesting embodiments of the invention the structurant is a substance which - together with the second substance hke a fatty acid ester and a liquid medium - is capable of forming a cubic liquid crystalline phase.
It is contemplated that the preferred structurants are substances which - in a two component system of the structurant as a first component and water as a second component - are capable of forming a non-cubic liquid crystalline phase.
However, a requirement for the structurant is not that it is capable of forming the same liquid crystalhne phase at room temperature as the second substance. In particular, most surprising the inventor has found that a substance hke Vitamin E TPGS - which is a very important structurant in this context and which in itself together with water is not capable of forming a cubic liquid crystalhne phase at room temperature - together with fatty acid esters (as second substances) and water forms a cubic liquid crystalline phase.
Therefore, interesting examples of structurants are substances which - in a two component system of the structurant and water - do not form a cubic liquid crystalhne phase at a temperature of between 20-40°C.
A composition according to the invention may of course also comprise more than one structurant such as, e.g., a combination of two or more structurants.
With respect to the concentration of the structurant(s) in the composition it is preferred that the concentration (of the structurants taken either alone or in combination) is at least 1% by weight such as, e.g., at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, or 55% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
The concentration range is typically in a range of from about 1% to about 60% such as, e.g., from about 5% to about 55%, from about 5% to about 50%, from about 5% to about 45%, from about 7.5% to about 40%, or from about 10% to about 35% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
Normally, the maximal concentration of a structurant in the composition is at the most about 45% by weight such as, e.g., at the most least about 40% or about 35% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
Normally, compositions comprising e.g. glyceryl monooleate (GMO)/water without any content of a structurant must have a concentration of the GMO of at least 60-65% by weight in order to have a certain suitable and acceptable storage stability and/or to avoid an excess of water present in the composition. However, the present inventor has found that when e.g. GMO is substituted by a structurant, compositions having a concentration of e.g. GMO below and well below 60% by weight have shown to be stable for at least one week at room temperature and 60% relative humidity. In the present context the stability of the composition is the physical stability, i.e. stability with respect to phase separation (i.e. not necessarily change in liquid crystalhne phase) into two or more distinct phase. The phase separation must be irreversible, i.e. no reestablishment of a homogeneous composition can be observed visually by shaking the composition at room temperature for 2 days and the distinct phases formed by either be liquid, semi-solid or solid phases. In some cases, a physical instability of the composition may be due to a change in the liquid crystalline phase present in the composition. Such a change in the liquid crystalline phase may either be due to i) a chemical change of either the second substance or the structurant, ii) a negative influence on the liquid crystalhne phase by any component included in the composition, or iii) the fact that the concentration of the constituents of the composition is near a point in the phase diagram where the liquid crystalhne phase changes from one phase to another or is destroyed (i.e. the concentration is near the borderline of the stable area of the liquid crystallin phase). In general, a composition according to the invention is substantially homogeneous and has such a physical stability that substantial no irreversible phase separation into two or more distinct phases can be observed visually after storage of the composition at 25°C and 60% relative humidity for one week or at least for one week such as, e.g., at least two weeks, 1 month, 1 year or preferably at least 2 years at 25°C.
The total concentration of the substances - which together with each other and an liquid medium such as, e.g., water are capable of generating a liquid crystalline phase - in a composition according the invention is typically at least about 50% by weight based on the weight of the total composition. Thus, in general the total concentration of the second substance such as, e.g., a fatty acid ester or mixture of fatty acid esters and the structurant(s) is at least 50% by weight based on the total composition.
Interesting embodiments of the invention are compositions wherein the liquid crystalline phase has been generated by a hquid medium present in the composition and wherein the total concentration of the second substance like e.g. a fatty acid ester or mixture of fatty acid esters and the structurant(s) is at least 50% such as at least 55%, 60%, 65%, 70% or 75% by weight based on the total composition.
As mentioned above, a composition according to the invention may also be in a precursor form. Examples of interesting compositions are those wherein the total concentration of the fatty acid ester or mixture of fatty acid esters and the structurant(s) is at least 50% such as at least 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95% or 99.5% by weight based on the total composition.
Specific examples of a suitable structurant for use in a composition according to the invention are, e.g., a phospholipid selected from the group consisting of phosphatidic acid, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidylinositol, and diphosphatidylglycerol.
Other interesting phospholipids are DEPE (1,2 dielaidoyl-sn-glycerol-3-phosphoethanolamine) and DMPE (PEG 550) (l,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine-N-(polyethylene glycol)550).
More specifically, the structurant may be a fatty acid ester of a glycerylphosphate derivative or a glycerylsulfate derivative, and the fatty acid component is selected from the group consisting of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and behenic acid. Specific examples include structurants wherein the fatty acid ester is selected from the group consisting of dioleyol phosphatidylcholine, dilauryl phosphatidylcholine, dimyristyl phosphatidylcholine, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine, distearoyl phosphatidylcholine, dibehenoyl phosphatidylcholine, dimyristyl phosphatidylethanolamine, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylethanolamine, dioleyl phosphatidylglycerol, dilauryl phosphatidylglycerol, dimyristoyl phosphatidylglycerol, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylglycerol, distearoyl phosphatidylglycerol, dipalmitoyl phosphatic acid and mixtures thereof.
A presently preferred type of structurant is phosphatidylcholine such as, e.g., a phosphatidylcholine containing product hke Epikuron 200, Epikuron 145, Lipoid S75 or Lipoid S100.
In a composition according the invention wherein the structurant is a phosphatidylcholine or a derivative or analog thereof, the concentration of the structurant is preferably in a range of from about 1 to about 75% such as, e.g., from about 5 to about 55%, from about 5% to about 35% or from about 10 to about 20% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
Another group of substances which are suitable structurants for use in a composition according to the invention is tocopherols. In the present context the term "tocopherols" is used to broadly include all Vitamin E or Vitamin E-hke substances, derivatives and analogs thereof. The term includes all tocol and tocotrienol derivatives such as e.g. methyl tocol. More specifically, in the present context, a tocopherol is selected from the group consisting of β-tocopherols, sorbitan esters of tocopherols, d-α -tocopherol, d,l-α-tocopherol, d-α-tocopherol acetate, d,l-α -tocopherol acetate, d-α-tocopherol succinate, d,l-α-tocopherol succinate, d-α-tocopherol nicotinate, d,l-α- tocopherol nicotinate, tocopherylpolyethylene glycol succinate such as d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol succinate or d,l-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol succinate, and derivatives such as fatty acid ester derivatives and analogues thereof.
The tocopherylpolyethylene glycol succinate is selected from the group consisting of: d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 200 succinate, d,l-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 200 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 300 succinate, d,l-α -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 300 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 400 succinate, d,l-α -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 400 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 500 succinate, d,l-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 500 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 600 succinate, d,l-α -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 600 succinate, - _ d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 700 succinate, d,l-α -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 700 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 800 succinate, d,l-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 800 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 800 succinate, d,l-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 800 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 900 succinate, d,l-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 900 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1000 succinate, d,l-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1000 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1100 succinate, d,l-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1100 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1200 succinate, d,l-α -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1200 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1300 succinate, d,l-α -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1300 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1400 succinate, d,l-α -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1400 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1450 succinate, d,l-α -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1450 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1500 succinate, d,l-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1500 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1600 succinate, d,l-α -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1600 succinate, d-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1700 succinate and d,l-α-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1700 succinate.
Preferred tocopherols for use in a composition according to the present invention are d-α- tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1000 succinate (in the following denoted vitamin E TPGS or simply TPGS) or d,l-α -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1000 succinate.
A composition according to the invention containing a tocopherol as a structurant has typically a concentration of the tocopherol of at the most about 30% such as at the most about 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%, 2.5% or 1% by weight based on the total weight of the composition. Presently preferred compositions according to the invention are those wherein the structurant is a combination of vitamin E TPGS and a phosphatidylcholine containing product such as^ e.g., Epikuron 200. In such compositions the concentration of vitamin E TPGS is generally in a range corresponding to from about 1% to about 30% such as, e.g., from about 5% to about 25%, from about 5% to about 20% or from about 10% to about 20% by weight and the concentration of Epikuron 200 is in a range corresponding to from about 2.5% to about 40% such as, e.g., about 5% to about 25% or from about 10% to about 20% by weight based on the total composition.
Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients for use in a composition according to the invention
As mentioned above, an aspect of the invention relates to compositions wherein at least a part of the substance which together with a liquid medium such as, e.g., water is capable of forming a liquid crystalline phase at room temperature can be substituted by certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. As mentioned in the introduction addition of a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient to a composition containing a liquid crystalhne phase or a precursor composition will normally lead to a disruption in the liquid crystalhne phase. Therefore, such substance is generally only added in very small concentrations such as, e.g., about 1-5% by weight based on the total composition. The present inventor has surprisingly found that certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be added in much larger concentrations without having any substantially negative influence on the biopharmaceutical properties of the composition. Thus, the concentration of such excipients may be at least about 5% by weight such as, e.g, at least about 8%, 9%, 10%, 15% or 20% by weight.
Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may either i) be soluble in the second substance or in the hquid crystalline phase, i.e. having a solubility of more than about than about 15% such as more than about 25%, 30% or 50% by weight in the second substance (or liquid crystalhne phase) at 60°C, or ii) have a relative low solubility in the second substance such as, e.g., a solubility of less than 15% such as less than about 12.5%, 10%, 7.5%, 5% or 1% by weight in the second substance at 60°C. More specifically, the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient may have a solubility of less than about 15% such as less than about 10%, about 5%, about 2.5%, about 1%, or about 0.5% by weight in the liquid crystalhne phase at room temperature.
Examples of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are found e.g. among inert diluents or fillers selected from the group consisting of sucrose, sorbitol, sugar, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, starches including potato starch, calcium carbonate, sodium chloride, lactose, calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, sodium phosphate, and a polysaccharide such as, e.g., carmelose, a chitosan, a pectin, xanthan gum, a carrageenan, locust bean gum, acacia gum, a gelatin, an alginate, anjd dextrans and salts thereof. - _ _
Preferably, a in composition according to the above-mentioned aspect of the invention the concentration of the second substance in the composition is at the most about 60% such as, e.g., at the most about 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, or 10% by weight based on the total composition.
Examples of suitable pharmaceutically excipients which are soluble in the second substance or in the liquid crystalhne phase are e.g. sorbitan esters such as, e.g., polysorbates; and macrogols. In the present context, solvents like e.g., water, glycerol, alcohols like e.g. ethanol and isopropylalcohol are examples of a liquid medium and are not intended to be examples of soluble pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
Liquid medium
As mentioned above a composition according to the invention may optionally comprise a liquid medium. A liquid medium may be present in compositions in which a liquid crystalhne phase between the second substance and the hquid medium has been generated as well as in the so- called precursor compositions in which the liquid crystalhne phase has not been generated in the composition but is to be formed upon administration of the composition to a mammal. In the latter case, any hquid medium present in the precursor composition may or may not take part in the formation of a liquid crystalhne phase together with any moisture from the apphcation site or body fluid present at or on the apphcation site.
In general, a liquid medium is present in a concentration of at least about 0.5% by weight, such as at least about 1%, at least about 2%, at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25% or at least about 30% by weight, calculated on the total composition.
In non-precursor compositions, a liquid medium normally is present in a concentration of 20%- 50% such as, e.g., about 25%-35% about 25%-30% or about 30%-40% by weight, calculated on the total composition.
In preferred non-precursor compositions, a liquid medium is present in a concentration of 25%- 40% such as, e.g, about 25-35%, about 30%-40% or 27%-37% by weight, calculated on the total composition. Generally preferred liquid media which participate in the formation of a liquid crystalhne phase are water, glycerol, alcohols like e.g. ethanol and mixtures thereof. _ _
Active substances
In the present context the term "active substance" is intended to mean any biologically or pharmacologically active substance or antigen-comprising material; the term includes drug substances which have utility in the treatment or prevention of diseases or disorders affecting animals or humans, or in the regulation of any animal or human physiological condition and it also includes any biologically active compound or composition which, when administered in an effective amount, has an effect on living cells or organisms.
Examples of active substances of particular importance with respect to all aspects of the invention are the so-called antiherpes virus agents which have been or are developed for the treatment of herpes virus infections [herpes simplex virus types 1 and 2 (HSV-1 and HSV-2), varicella zoster virus (VZV), cytomegalovirus (CMV), Epstein-Barr virus (EBV)]. The antiherpes virus agents include antiviral drugs and prodrugs thereof, such as nucleosides, nucleoside analogues, phosphorylated nucleosides (nucleotides), nucleotide analogues and salts, complexes and prodrugs thereof; e.g. guanosine analogues, deoxyguanosine analogues, guanine, guanine analogues, thymidine analogues, uracil analogues and adenine analogues. Especially interesting antiherpes virus agent for use either alone or in combination in a composition according to the present invention are selected from acyclovir, famciclovir, deciclovir, penciclovir, zidovudin, ganciclovir, didanosin, zalcitabin, valaciclovir, sorivudine, lobucavir, brivudine, cidofovir, n- docosanol, ISIS-2922, and prodrugs and analogues thereof. Details concerning active substances suitable for use in connection with the present invention as well as a description of other interesting active substances are given below.
As mentioned above, an important example of an active substance is an antiviral drug, such as a nucleoside or a nucleoside analogue, e.g. selected from acyclovir, famciclovir, deciclovir, penciclovir, zidovudin, ganciclovir, didanosin, zalcitabin, valaciclovir, sorivudine, lobucavir, brivudine, cidofovir, n-docosanol, ISIS-2922 and salts and prodrugs thereof. However, also a large number of other drugs which in themselves have a low solubility as defined herein or the salts, esters, prodrugs or precursors of which have a low solubility are important active substances in the compositions of the invention. Furthermore, there is also a large number of drugs which advantageously can be incorporated in a composition according to the invention, either as the sole active substance (provided the solubility criteria are fulfilled) or in combination with another active substances. In the following is listed a number of active substances which either alone or in combination may be incorporated in a composition according to the present invention. In particular a combination of an antiherpes virus agent and a glucocorticosteroid is of importance. .
Examples of drugs which are of particular importance in connection with apphcation to skin or mucosal surfaces are:
Acyclovir, famciclovir, ribavirin, zidovudin, ganciclovir, didanosin, zalcitabin, valaciclovir
amantadin, rimantadin
foskarnet
idoxuridin fluoruracil
interferons and variants thereof, including alpha interferon, beta interferon, and gamma interferon,
tromantadin
lentinan levofloxacin stavudine tacrine vesnarinone ampligen
atevirdine delavirdine hydroxyurea indinavir sulfate interleukin-2 fusion toxin, seragen lamivudine lidakol nevirapine onconase saquinavir topotecan verteporfin viraplex
CMV immunoglobulin efalith epervudine podophyllotoxin proxigermanium rifabutin bromovinyldeoxyuridine ukrain cidofovir imiquimod lamivudine sorivudine viraplex afovirsen amonafide hypericin
provir temoporfin aphidicohn glycinate ibobucavir virend
AL-721 amphgen arildone brivudine
CD4
2-deoxy-D-glucose desciclovir dichloroflavan didanosine ditiocarb Sodium edoxudine enviroxime fϊacitabine inosine Pranobex - peptide T stavudine tribavirin trifluridine vidarabine zalcitabine
miconazol fucidin erythromycin macrolides
NSAID's peptides insulin polymycin myperizin antibiotics nicotine sucralfate sucrose octasulfate salicylic acid urea benzoylperoxide minoxidil heparinoid methotrexate ciclosporin
A listing of substances of potential interest comprises substances of the following groups:
sodium fluoride
anti-inflammatory drugs such as, e.g., ibuprofen, indomethacin, naproxen, diclofenac, tolfenamic acid, piroxicam, and the hke;
narcotic antagonists such as, e.g., naloxone, nalorphine, and the like; antiparkinsonism agents such as, e.g., bromocriptine, biperidin, benzhexol, benztropine, and the like; „ _ - _
antidepressants such as, e.g., imipramine, nortriptyline, pritiptylene, and the like;
antibiotic agents such as, e.g., clindamycin, erythromycin, fusidic acid, gentamicin, mupirocien, amfomycin, neomycin, metronidazole, silver sulphadiazine, sulphamethizole, bacitracin, framycetin, polymycin B, acitromycin, and the like;
antifungal agents such as, e.g., miconazol, ketoconazole, clotrimazole, amphotericin B, nystatin, mepyramin, econazol, fluconazol, flucytocine, griseofulvin, bifonazole, amorolfine, mycostatin, itraconazole, terbenafine, terconazole, tolnaftate, and the hke;
antimicrobial agents such as, e.g., metronidazole, tetracyclines, oxytetracycline, and the like;
antiemetics such as, e.g., metoclopramide, droperidol, haloperidol, promethazine, and the like;
antihistamines such as, e.g., chlorpheniramine, terfenadine, triprolidine, and the like;
antimigraine agents such as, e.g., dihydroergotamine, ergotamine, pizotyhne, and the like;
coronary, cerebral or peripheral vasodilators such as, e.g., nifedipine, diltiazem, and the like;
antianginals such as, e.g., glyceryl nitrate, isosorbide denitrate, molsidomine, verapamil, and the hke;
calcium channel blockers such as, e.g., verapamil, nifedipine, diltiazem, nicardipine, and the like;
hormonal agents such as, e.g., estradiol, estron, estriol, polyestradiol, polyestriol, dienestrol, diethylstilbestrol, progesterone, dihydroergosterone, cyproterone, danazol, testosterone, and the like;
contraceptive agents such as, e.g., ethynyl estradiol, lynestrenol, etynodiol, norethisterone, mestranol, norgestrel, levonorgestrel, desogestrel, medroxyprogesterone, and the like;
antithrombotic agents such as, e.g., heparin, warfarin, and the like;
diuretics such as, e.g., hydrochlorothiazide, flunarizine, minoxidil, and the like; antihypertensive agents such as, e.g., propanolol, metoprolol, clonidine, pindolol, and the like;
corticosteroids such as, e.g., beclomethasone, betamethasone, betamethasone-17-valerate, betamethasone-dipropionate, clobetasol, clobetasol-17-butyrate, clobetasol-propionate, desonide, desoxymethasone, dexamethasone, diflucortolone, flumethasone, flumethasone-pivalate, fluocinolone acetonide, fluocinonide, hydrocortisone, hydrocortisone- 17-butyrate, hydrocortisone- buteprate, methylprednisolone, triamcinolone acetonide, budesonide, halcinonide, fluprednide acetate, alklometasone-dipropionate, fluocortolone, fluticason-propionate, mometasone-furate, desoxymethasone, diflurason-diacetate, halquinol, cliochinol, chlorchinaldol, fluocinolone- acetonid, and the like;
dermatological agents such as, e.g., nitrofurantoin, dithranol, choquinol, hydroxyquinoline, isotretionin, methoxsalen, methotrexate, tretionin, trioxsalen, salicylic acid, penicillamine, and the like;
steroids such as, e.g., estradiol, progesterone, norethindrone, levonorgestrol, ethynodiol, levenorgestrel, norgestimate, gestanin, desogestrel, 3-keton-desogestrel, demegestone, promethoestrol, testosterone, spironolactone, and esters thereof,
nitro compounds such as, e.g., amyl nitrates, nitroglycerine and isosorbide nitrates,
opioid compounds such as, e.g., morphine and morphine-like drugs such as buprenorphine, oxymorphone, hydromorphone, levorphanol, fentanyl and fentanyl derivatives and analogues,
prostaglandins such as, e.g., a member of the PGA, PGB, PGE, or PGF series such as, e.g., misoprostol, dinoproston, carboprost or enaprostil,
a benzamide such as, e.g., metoclopramide, scopolamine,
a peptide such as, e.g., growth hormone releasing factors, growth factors (epidermal growth factor (EGF), nerve growth factor (NGF), TGF, PDGF, insulin growth factor (IGF), fibroblast growth factor (aFGF, bFGF, etc.), and the like), somatostatin, calcitonin, insulin, vasopressin, interferons, IL-2, urokinase, serratiopeptidase, superoxide dismutase (SOD), thyrotropin releasing hormone (TRH), luteinizing hormone releasing hormone (LH-RH), corticotrophin releasing hormone (CRF), growth hormone releasing hormone (GHRH), oxytocin, erythropoietin (EPO), colony stimulating factor (CSF), and the like,
a xanthine such as, e.g., caffeine, theophylline, a catecholamine such as, e.g., ephedrine, salbutamol, terbutaline,
a dihydropyridine such as, e.g., nifedipine,
a thiazide such as, e.g., hydrochlorotiazide, flunarizine,
others such as, e.g., propanthelin, silver nitrate, enzymes like Streptokinases, Streptodases, vitamins like vitamin A, tretionin, isotretionin, acitretin, vitamin D, calcipotriol, interferon-α-2b, selen disulfide, pyrethione.
It will be understood that the compositions of the invention may also comprise combinations of active substances, e.g. an active substance together with a potentiator therefor.
It will of course also be understood that in the aspects of the invention wherein there is no specific requirement to the active substance, e.g. with respect to solubility, any substance which has a therapeutic or prophylactic activity may be incorporated in the composition.
Solubility of the active substance in the liquid crystalline phase
As mentioned above, in an aspect of the invention and in some embodiments of other aspects of the invention, the active substance of the composition of the invention is a substance which has a low solubihty in the liquid crystalhne phase such as, e.g., at the most about 20 mg/g at 20°C, at the most 15 mg/g at 20°C, e.g. at the most 10 mg/g at 20°C or lower, such as at the most 7 mg/g, 6.5 mg/g, 6 mg/g, 5..5 mg/g, 5 mg/g at 20°C. e.g. at the most 4 mg/g at 20°C or even at the most 3 mg/g or 2 mg/g or 1 mg/g at 20°C.
The determination of the solubihty of the active substance in the hquid crystalhne phase of the composition is, of course, performed on the liquid crystalhne phase as formed. In practice, this means that when the composition is one in which the hquid crystalhne phase has already been formed when the composition is apphed, the determination of the solubihty is performed on the composition itself. The determination of the solubihty is suitably performed by microscopy to observe any crystals of the active substance. The determination of the concentration at which crystals are observed is performed after a period of at least one week after preparation of the composition or the liquid crystalhne phase, or when equilibrium has been established. Normally, a series of tests with varying concentrations is performed to determine the concentration above which crystals are found. On the other hand, when the composition is a precursor composition, the liquid crystalhne phase used as a reference in the solubility determination is a liquid crystalhne phase imitating the liquid crystalhne phase which will be formed when the composition absorbs liquid from the site of apphcation. This reference liquid crystalhne phase is made up with water (as representing the liquid absorbed) in such an amount that the reference liquid crystalhne phase is the same type of liquid crystalhne phase as is generated from the precursor composition.
While the lower limit of the amount of the second substance such as, e.g., a fatty acid ester in the composition is determined by the requirement that the second substance, in the amount in question, must be able to form and maintain the liquid crystaUine phase, the composition will in most cases contain at least 10% by weight, calculated on the composition, of the fatty acid ester, such as at least about 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, or 35% by weight, and in some cases at least 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, or 70% by weight, calculated on the composition, of the second substance. These numbers apply to the liquid crystalhne phase present in the composition; in precursor compositions, the concentrations will, of course, be higher.
The pH of the liquid crystalhne phase of the composition is in the range of 3.0-9.5 such as, e.g., 3.2-9.3, 3.4-9.1 or 3.6-9. At lower pH values, the composition may be irritating to the skin or mucosa on which it is apphed; at higher pH values, the composition may be irritating and may also directly be etching. The pH of the hquid crystalhne phase is determined by a method involving dispersing e.g. 10% of the liquid crystalhne phase (containing the active substance and any excipients) in distilled water and measuring the pH in the water phase, equilibration between the liquid crystalhne phase and a water phase and measuring the pH of the water phase at 20°C (e.g. using a rotomat for 2 hours). Alternatively, the pH of the liquid crystaUine phase may be measured by means of an suitable pH electrode (see the Examples).
It is generally preferred that the upper hmit of the pH of the liquid crystalhne phase is 8. It is also preferred that the lower hmit of the pH is 3.0 or higher, and thus, interesting pH ranges for the liquid crystalhne phase are pH 3.0-8, such as, e.g., 3.1-8, 3.2-8, 3.3-8, 3.4-8, 3.5-8, 3.6-8, 3.7- 8, 3.8-8, 3.9-8, 4.0-8, 4.1-8, 4.2-8, 4.3-8, 4.5-8, 4.75-8, or 5.0-8.
Furthermore, in an aspect of the invention and in embodiments of other aspects of the invention, the solubihty of the active substance in water is very low, at the most 10 mg/g at 20°C and at a pH substantially identical to the pH of the liquid crystalhne phase, determined as described herein. While a pH range is stated above for the liquid crystalhne phase, it will be understood that by the water solubihty of the active substance is meant the water solubihty at the relevant pH, which is a pH substantially identical to the pH which will prevail in the composition, in other words, the pH of the liquid crystalhne phase, this pH being determined as described herein. When the pH of the liquid crystalline phase, determined as described herein, is different from the pH which will result simply by dissolution of the active substance in water, the water is adjusted to substantially the pH of the liquid crystalhne phase by using a suitable buffer system when determining the solubihty of the active substance. This buffer system should of course be so selected that, apart from the pH adjustment, it has substantially no influence on the solubihty of the active substance in the buffered water.
The composition according to the present invention is very valuable in that it can provide a high release of active substances of very low water solubihty, such as a solubihty of at the most 7 mg/g, such as at the most 5 mg/g at 20°C and at a pH substantially identical to the pH of the hquid crystaUine phase, determined as described herein.
Of particular interest is also the fact that excellent release rates can be obtained of active substance whose solubihty in water is at the most 3 mg/g or even at the most 2 mg/g at 20°C and at a pH substantially identical to the pH of the liquid crystalhne phase, determined as described herein.
Alternatively, the active substance has an minimum aqueous solubihty of at the most 10 mg/ml such as, e.g., 7 mg/ml, 5 mg/ml, 3 mg/ml and 1 mg/ml at 20°C and at a pH in a range corresponding to 3.0-9.5 such as, e.g. having a pH between 3.2 and 9.3, between 3.4 and 9.1 or between 3.6 and 9.0. The determination of the minimum aqueous solubility is performed by use of suitable buffers which are capable of maintaining the pH at the desired value and measures are taken to ensure that equilibrium is obtained between the undissolved and dissolved active substance, i.e. by employment of ultrasonic treatment and/or stirring for a well-defined time period. It wiU be appreciated that the pH-ranges and the aqueous solubUity values given above when the aqueous solubihty is determined at a pH corresponding to the pH prevailing in the hquid crystalhne phase apply mutatis mutandis when the aqueous solubihty is the minimum solubihty in a pH range of 3.0-9.5.
In embodiments of particular interest a composition according to the invention contains one or more antiherpes virus agent(s) as an active substance. Relevant antiherpes virus agents are mentioned above and acyclovir is of particular importance. Acyclovir (9-[2- hydroxyethoxy)methyl]-guanine, an acyclic analogue to the natural nucleoside 2'- deoxyguanosine, is a widely used agent in the treatment of herpes virus infections. Compositions for oral, topical and intravenous administration are available. The delivery characteristics of acyclovir following administration by these routes are, however, far from being optimal probably due to the poor aqueous solubihty and/or low lipophilicity of acyclovir. The solubility of acyclovir in water is about 1.5 mg/ml at 22°C and the partition coefficient (P) between octanol and 0.02 M phosphate buffer pH 7.4 (21°C) is about 0.03. In accordance with the physico-chemical properties, the bioavailability after oral administration is rather low (about 15-20%) and highly variable and the percutaneous penetration is poor. - -
The active substance of low solubihty is normally present in the composition in an amount in the range of from 1-20% by weight, usually 1-15% by weight.
A preferred composition according to the invention is a composition in which the active substance is acyclovir, the second substance is a the fatty acid ester and a liquid medium is present in the composition. In such compositions the fatty acid ester is preferably a glycerylmonooleate product having a glycerylmonooleate content of at least 88% such as, e.g., at least about 89, 90%, 91% or 92% by weight and a content of saturated monoglycerides of at the most 4% by weight such as, e.g., at the most about 2% by weight.
Preferred acyclovir-containing compositions according to the invention normally has a weight ratio between the glycerylmonooleate and the hquid medium is in the range between 1:0.3 and 1:2 such as between 1:0.5 and 1:1.5 such as, e.g. 1:1. In those cases where a structurant is present, the weight ratio between the combination of the glycerylmonooleate and the structurant, and the hquid medium is generaUy in the range between 60:40 and 75:25 such as between 63:37 and 73:27.
In such compositions, preferred structurants are Epikuron 200 and Vitamin E TPGS and combinations thereof and the weight ratio between Epikuron and Vitamin E TPGS may be between about 1:0.5 and 1:2 such as, e.g., between 1:0.75 and 1:1.5 such as, e.g., about 1:1.
Another preferred acyclovir-containing composition comprises glycerylmonooleate as second substance, a mixture of Epikuron 200 and Vitamin E TPGS as structurants, and water as a hquid medium and the concentration of Epikuron 200 is generally in a range of from l%-25% by weight, the concentration of Vitamin E TPGS is in a range of from l%-25% by weight, and the concentration of water is in a range of from 20%-40% by weight based on the total composition.
An interesting acyclovir-containing composition may also be presented as a precursor composition, wherein the weight ratio between fatty acid ester and any liquid medium present in the composition is between 50:50 and 100:0 such as between 60:40 and 99:1, between 70:30 and 90:10. In such precursor composition, the weight ratio between the sum of the glycerylmonooleate and any structurant(s), and. any liquid medium present in the composition is between 90:10 and 99:0.5, such as between 90:10 and 99:1.
In precursor compositions a liquid medium like e.g. water or glycerol, or a mixture of water and glycerol may be present. If the liquid medium is water containing glycerol, the glycerohwater ratio may be up to about 2.5:1 by weight, such as up to corresponding to a glycerohwater ratio of 1.5:2 such as, e.g., a ratio of about 1:1, 0.5:1, or 0.25:1.
Other interesting compositions are compositions comprising glycerylmonooleate, phosphatidylcholine (or Vitamin E TPGS) and, optionally, water and the weight ratio between the content of phosphatidylchohne (or Vitamin E TPGS) and glycerylmonooleate is at the most 1, such as e.g. 1:1, 1:2 or 1:4. In such compositions water may be present in a concentration of at the most 40% w/w based on the total composition.
Although the active substances of relatively low solubihty as discussed above are of particular importance for use in compositions according to the invention, the invention is not hmited to such active substances. Thus, in other aspects of the invention the active substance can in principle be any active substance irrespective of its solubihty.
Lipophilicity of the active substance
The active substance may have any degree of hpophihcity. In certain interesting compositions, the active substance is one which has a hpophihcity of at the most 100, such as at the most, e.g., 75, 50, 25, 10, 7.5, 5 or 2.5, expressed as the partition coefficient between octanol and 0.05M phosphate buffer, pH 7, at 20°C, in some a partition coefficient of at the most 10 or even at the most 1 or at the most 0.75, 0.5, 0.1, 0.075, 0.05 or 0.04.
Alternatively, the hpophihcity may be expressed as the partition coefficient between octanol and an appropriate buffer having a pH corresponding either to the pH of the hquid crystalline phase or to the pH at which the active substance has its minimum solubihty. In such cases, the values mentioned above are also valid.
Factors influencing the absorption or penetration of the active substance
It is known that the active substance must have balanced properties with respect to aqueous solubihty and partition coefficient. With respect to percutaneous absorption of active substances the vehicle in which the active substance is located is of importance. Thus, the affinity of the active substance to the vehicle compared with that of the active substance to the skin or the rate-limiting barrier of the skin must be of a less order of magnitude as the active substance otherwise would predominantly would be maintained in the vehicle and only slowly be released from the vehicle and penetrate the skin and thus enable the active substance to reach the target for the disease. Initial studies performed by the inventor show that vehicles on which compositions according to the invention are based readily releases the active substances tested (e.g. acyclovir) so that the active substances are available for penetration, i.e. a balanced affinity (vehicle/skin) has been obtained in these compositions.
Release of active substance from a composition according to the invention
With respect to acyclovir, it is believed that a composition with improved release properties and which sticks better to the skin can improve the treatment when compared to prior art compositions such as Zovir® cream or Zovirax® cream. The object of the present invention has therefore inter aha been to develop a bioadhesive composition containing e.g. acyclovir or other antiherpes virus agents with improved release properties so that fewer daily applications are needed to produce the same therapeutic effect (bioequivalence) or even improve the therapeutic effect.
As appears in more detafl in the Experimental section herein, the present inventors have developed compositions containing GMO/water 65/35% w/w with acyclovir (crystalhne and micronized, respectively) added in a concentration of 1-40% w/w. Cubic hquid crystalhne phases are obtained in these compositions as evidence by polarized hght. The results indicate that acyclovir in the concentration range investigated does not ruin the cubic lattice, and that acyclovir probably is inert in the cubic system. The distribution of the drug crystals in the cubic hquid crystalhne phase appears as a homogeneous distribution (observed by microscopy). The cubic hquid crystalhne phase without drug is transparent and has a relatively high viscosity. It is cosmetically appealing. When acyclovir is added, the viscosity is increased with the concentration, especially for the micronized quality. When the crystalhne quality is added, the composition becomes greyish white. When the cubic liquid crystalhne phase is applied to human skin it "melts" (gets softer) and penetrates the skin.
Furthermore, the inventor has developed compositions wherein the GMO has been substituted by a structurant and/or by a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. The release of acyclovir from such compositions is described in the Experiments. The results show that the structurant and/or certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients (as defined in the claims) do not significantly influence the release rate of acyclovir in a negative manner. - -
As mentioned above, Zovir® and Zovirax® cream containing 5% w/w acyclovir are presently the drugs of choice for the treatment of herpes simplex. In order to compare the release rate of acyclovir from Zovir® cream and a cubic liquid crystalhne phase (GMO/water 65/35 % w/w) containing 5% w/w acyclovir, the release of acyclovir from these compositions was examined, cf. Example 16 herein. Comparing the rate constants it is seen that the release rate of acyclovir is about 5-6 times faster from the cubic liquid crystaUine phase than from the Zovir® cream. Poor release properties of the Zovir® cream are most likely one of the reasons for its suboptimum therapeutic effect. The improved release properties from the cubic liquid crystalhne phase must therefore be seen as a very promising result.
While the present invention is not to be limited to any theory, it is believed, and supported by experimental data reported herein, that the capability of the composition to release the active substance of very low water solubihty and very low solubihty in the liquid crystalline phase at very satisfactory release rates is due to some kind of efficient dissolution system for particles, such as crystals, of the active substance through the hquid medium "channels" of the liquid crystalhne phase.
The performance of the compositions according to the invention with respect to releasing the active substance from the hquid crystaUine phase can be adequately expressed by the slope of the cumulative release in μg as a function of the square root of the release time in hours in the release experiment defined in connection with Fig. 13 (in which the concentration of the substance is 5%). In preferred compositions according to the invention, the slope is at least 50, more preferred at least 100.
An expression of better performance is a slope of at least 200, such as at least 300, or at least 500 or even at least 700 or at least 900.
Concentration of active substance in a composition according to the invention
Important embodiments of the present invention are compositions in which the active substance is present in a concentration which is above the saturation concentration at 20°C so that part of the active substance, and in many cases the predominant proportion of the active substance, is present in the form of particles, such as, e.g., crystals. In such a case, normally at least 25%, such as at least 50%, by weight of the active substance present in the composition constitutes a proportion which is present above the saturation concentration at 20°C. Very valuable compositions according to the invention are compositions, wherein at least 75%, such as at least 90% or even at least 95% or at least 98% by weight of the active substance present in the - composition constitutes a proportion which is present above the saturation concentration at 20°C.
In general, the concentration of the active substance in the composition will depend on the condition to be treated or prevented and the desired or necessary administration frequency. The concentration of the active substance in a pharmaceutical composition depends on the nature of the second compound in question, its potency, the severity of the disease to be prevented or treated, and the age and condition of the patient. Methods applicable to selecting relevant concentrations of the active substance in the pharmaceutical composition are well known to a person skilled in the art and may be performed according to established guidelines for good clinical practice (GCP) or Investigational New Drug Exemption ("IND") regulations as described in e.g. Drug Applications, Nordic Guidelines, NLN Publication No. 12, Nordic Council on Medicines, Uppsala 1983 and Clinical Trials of Drugs, Nordic Guidehnes, NLN Publication No. 11, Nordic Counril on Medicines, Uppsala 1983, or CPMC/E.U. Guidehnes for Good Clinical
Practice 95/135. A person skflled in the art would, by use of the methods described in standard textbooks, guidehnes and regulations as described above as weU as common general knowledge within the field, be able to select the exact dosage regimen to be implemented for any active substance and dosage form using merely routine experimentation procedures.
Bioadhesiveness of the compositions according to the invention
As mentioned above, it is a great advantage of the compositions according to the invention that the second substance especiaUy fatty acid esters can confer bioadhesiveness to the compositions. During the last decade increased attention has been given to the possibility of using bioadhesive/mucoadhesive polymers for drug dehvery purposes. It is believed that several problems associated with conventional controUed release drug dehvery systems may be reduced or eliminated by using a bioadhesive/mucoadhesive drug dehvery system. In conventional controlled release drug dehvery systems no precautions are made in order to localize the delivery system after administration and, furthermore, the contact time in vivo between the drug dehvery system and a particular site is often so short that no advantages are to be expected with respect to, e.g., modifying tissue permeability. Compared with conventional controlled release drug dehvery systems, bioadhesive drug dehvery systems are believed to be beneficial with respect to the following features: i) a bioadhesive drug dehvery system localizes a drug substance in a particular region, thereby improving and enhancing the bioavailability for drug substances which may have poor bioavailability in themselves,
ii) a bioadhesive drug delivery system leads to a relatively strong interaction between a bioadhesive substance and a mucosa; such an interaction contributes to an increasing contact time between the drug dehvery system and the tissue in question and permits localization of the drug dehvery system to a specific site,
iii) a bioadhesive drug dehvery system is contemplated to prolong dehvery of drug substances in almost any non-parenteral route,
iv) a bioadhesive drug dehvery system can be locahzed on a specific site with the purpose of local therapy e.g. treatment of local fungal diseases, permeability modification, protease and other enzyme inhibition, and/or modulation of immunologic expression,
v) a bioadhesive drug dehvery system may be targeted to specific diseased tissues, and
vi) a bioadhesive drug dehvery system may be employed in those cases where the conventional approach to controUed release drug dehvery is unsuitable, i.e. for certain drug substances or classes of drug substances which are not adequately absorbed.
Thus, preferred compositions according to the present invention are compositions in which the second substance like a fatty acid ester or combination of fatty acid esters present in the composition complies with the requirements of bioadhesion defined herein when tested for bioadhesion in an in vivo model or any other bioadhesivity model as given in the experimental section herein. Especially preferred are compositions which in themselves comply with the requirements of bioadhesion defined herein when tested for bioadhesion in an in vivo model or other bioadhesivity model as given in the experimental section herein.
Thus, interesting compositions are compositions in which the second substance hke e.g. a fatty acid ester or combination of fatty acid esters optionally in combination with the structurant, when tested in a bioadhesive test system, comprising:
i) placing a segment of longitudinally cut rabbit jejunum on a stainless steel support in such a manner that the mucosa layer of the jejunum is placed upside so as to allow apphcation of said second substance and any structurant, ii) placing the resulting support at an angle of -21° ± 2° in a cylindrical cell thermostated at 37°C ± 0.5°C and- with the relative humidity kept at about 100%,
iii) flushing the jejunum on the support with 0.02M isotonic phosphate buffer solution (pH 6.5, 37°C) for 5 min at a flow rate of 10 ml/min,
iv) applying an accurately weighed amount of a sample of said second substance and any structurant (about 100 mg) on a surface area (about 0.8 x 6 cm) of the mucosa of the jejunum on the support,
v) dropping about 0.5 ml of said phosphate buffer solution on the sample apphed,
vi) leaving the resulting sample from step v) for 10 minutes in said cell to allow the sample to interact with glycoproteins of the jejunum,
vii) flushing the jejunum with the sample apphed with said phosphate buffer solution (pH 6.5, 37°C) for 30 minutes at a flow rate of 10 ml/min,
viii) collecting the washings resulting from step vii), and
ix) calculating the residual amount of the sample remaining on the jejunum by measuring the amount of the sample in the washings or by measuring the amount remaining on the jejunum,
results in a residual amount of at least 60% w/w, in particular a residual amount of at least 70% w/w, such as at least 80% w/w, preferably at least 85% w/w and more preferably at least 90% w/w.
Interesting compositions are also compositions as defined further above which, when tested in the jejunum test system defined in claim above, result in a residual amount of at least 40% w/w of the second substance such as a fatty acid ester or combination of fatty acid esters or at least 40% w/w of the active substance.
A measure of the bioadhesivity of a composition itself is that it complies with the requirements for bioadhesion defined herein when tested for bioadhesion in the in vivo model described herein involving testing the rinsing off ability from skin. As mentioned above, the biopharmaceutical properties of a composition according to the invention are not significantly changed by adding a structurant or a pharmaceutically-acceptable excipient. Thus, the score obtained in the test for bioadhesion (washing off ability from the skin) is substantially of the same order of magnitude as would have been obtained for a comparative composition wherein the structurant(s) and/or pharmaceutically acceptable excipient has(have) been replaced with the same amount by weight of said second substance.
As evidenced in the Examples herein, an active substance does not significantly influence the bioadhesive properties of a vehicle provided that the concentration of the active or protective substance is relatively low such as at the most about 10-15% w/w or at the most about 8- 10% w/w. The kind of active substance (structure, molecular weight, size, physico-chemical properties, loading, pKa, solubihty, etc.) wiU of course be responsible for the maximal concentration which can be incorporated in the vehicle without significantly affecting the bioadhesive properties of the composition. In the Examples herein, it is also demonstrated that the active substance locates in the liquid crystalline phase of the fatty acid ester and most likely the solubility of the active substance in this phase has impact on the bioadhesive properties as well as on the release properties of the composition.
Administration routes and pharmaceutical compositions
As mentioned above, the apphcation is intended for skin or mucosa. Other applications may of course also be relevant such as, e.g., apphcation on dentures, prostheses and apphcation to body cavities such as the oral cavity. The mucosa is preferably selected from oral, nasal, aural, lung, rectal, vaginal, and gastrointestinal mucosa.
A bioadhesive composition for administration according to the invention may in special cases also be in the form of a multiple unit composition, in the form of, e.g., a powder. A multiple unit composition may be administered to skin or mucosa, preferably the mucosa is selected from oral, nasal, rectal, aural, vaginal, lung, and gastrointestinal mucosa. Most preferred is a bioadhesive composition intended for administration to the gastrointestinal tract.
Bioadhesive compositions according to the invention for application on skin and especially to wounds may in certain cases comprise a polysaccharide in a concentration of at least 15% w/w, calculated on the total weight of the composition. The polysaccharide is preferably selected from the group consisting of carmelose, chitosan, pectins, xanthan gums, carrageenans, locust bean gum, acacia gum, gelatins, alginates, and dextrans, and salts thereof. The compositions are easy to apply on the wound and are believed to be able to extract water from the wound and thereby drying the wound. Apart from the active or protective substance and the bioadhesive fatty acid ester substance, the bioadhesive compositions for use according to the invention may comprise pharmaceutically or cosmeticaUy acceptable excipients or additives normally used in pharmaceutical compositions.
The bioadhesive compositions may be in form of, e.g., a spray, a solution, a dispersion, a suspension, an emulsion, powders, gels including hydrogels, pastes, ointments, creams, drenches, dehvery devices, suppositories, enemas, implants, aerosols, microcapsules, microspheres, nanoparticles, liposomes, dressings, bandages, plasters, tooth paste, dental care compositions, and in other suitable form.
The bioadhesive compositions may be formulated according to conventional pharmaceutical practice, see, e.g., "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences" and "Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology", edited by Swarbrick, J. & J. C. Boylan, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1988.
Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients for use in bioadhesive compositions for use according to the invention may be, for example,
inert dfluents or fiUers, such as sucrose, sorbitol, sugar, mannitol, microcrystalline ceUulose, carboxymethylceUulose sodium, methylceUulose, hydroxypropyl methylceUulose, ethylceUulose, starches including potato starch, calcium carbonate, sodium chloride, lactose, calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate or sodium phosphate; and
lubricating agents including ghdants and antiadhesives, for example, magnesium stearate, zinc stearate, stearic acid, silicas, hydrogenated vegetable ofls or talc.
Other pharmaceuticaUy acceptable excipients can be colorants, flavouring agents, plasticizers, humectants, buffering agents, solubilizing agents, release modulating agents, etc.
For apphcation to the rectal or vaginal mucosa suitable compositions for use according to the invention include suppositories (emulsion or suspension type), solutions, enemas, and rectal gelatin capsules (solutions or suspensions). Appropriate pharmaceutically acceptable suppository bases include cocoa butter, esterified fatty acids, glycerinated gelatin, and various water-soluble or dispersible bases hke polyethylene gl cols and polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters. Various additives hke, e.g., enhancers or surfactants may be incorporated.
For apphcation to the nasal mucosa, nasal sprays and aerosols for inhalation are suitable compositions for use according to the invention. In a typically nasal formulation, the active ingredients are dissolved or dispersed in a suitable vehicle. The pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles and excipients and optionally other pharmaceutically acceptable materials present in the composition such as diluents, enhancers, flavouring agents, preservatives etc. are all selected in accordance with conventional pharmaceutical practice in a manner understood by the persons skilled in the art of formulating pharmaceuticals.
For apphcation to the oral cavity, teeth, skin or nail, the compositions for use according to the invention may contain conventionally non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients including microspheres and liposomes. The formulations include creams, ointments, lotions, liniments, gels, hydrogels, solutions, suspensions, sticks, sprays, pastes, dressings, bandages, plasters, tooth paste, dental care compositions, and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients may include emulsifying agents, stabilizing agents, antioxidants, buffering agents, preservatives, humectants, penetration enhancers, chelating agents, gelforming agents, ointment bases, perfumes and skin protective agents.
Examples of emulsifying agents are naturally occurring gums, e.g. gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally occurring phosphatides, e.g. soybean lecithin and sorbitan monooleate derivatives.
Examples of antioxidants are butylated hydroxy anisole (BHA), ascorbic acid and derivatives thereof, α-tocopherol and derivatives thereof, vitamin E, salts of sulphur dioxide, cysteine, citric acid, ascorbyl palmitate, butylhydroxytoluene, complexing agents, chelating agents, sodium pyrosulfite, EDTA and gallic acid esters.
Examples of preservatives are parabens, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, butylparaben, isobutylparaben, isopropylparaben, potassium sorbate, sorbic acid, benzoic acid, methyl benzoate, phenoxyethanol, bronopol, bronidox, MDM hydantoin, iodopropynyl butylcarbamate, EDTA propyleneglycol (increases the solubility of preservatives) benzalconium chloride, benzylalcohol, chlorhexidine diacetate, chlorhexidine digluconate, chlorbutol, phenetanol, phenols (phenol, o-cresol, p-cresol, chlorcresol, tricresol), alkanols (chlorbutanol, phenetanol), sorbic acid, and mercuri-compounds like e.g. phenylmercurinitrate.
Examples of humectants are glycerin, propylene glycol, sorbitol and urea.
Examples of suitable release modulating agents for use according to the invention are glycerol, sesame oil, soybean oil, lecithin and cholesterol. Examples of penetration enhancers are oleic acid, propylene glycol, DMSO, triethanolamine, N,N-dimethylacetamider N,N-dimethylformamide, 2-pyrrolidone and derivatives thereof, - tetrahydrofuryl alcohol and Azone.
Examples of chelating agents are sodium EDTA, citric acid and phosphoric acid.
Examples of other excipients for use in compositions for use according to the invention are edible oils like almond oil, castor oil, cacao butter, coconut oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, linseed oil, olive oil, palm oil, peanut oil, poppyseed oil, rapeseed oil, sesame oil, soybean oil, sunflower oil, and teaseed oil; and of polymers such as carmelose, sodium carmelose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxyethylceUulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, chitosane, pectin, xanthan gum, carrageenan, locust bean gum, acacia gum, gelatin, and alginates, and solvents such as, e.g., glycerol, ethanol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycols such as PEG 200 and PEG 400, Pluronic, polysorbate, and ethylene glycol.
Examples of ointment bases are beeswax, paraffin, cetyl palmitate, vegetable oils, sorbitan esters of fatty acids (Span), Carbopol, polyethylene glycols, and condensation products between sorbitan esters of fatty acids and ethylene oxide, e.g. polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate (Tween).
A most important composition according to the invention is one in which the antiviral substance is acyclovir. Examples of important embodiments hereof and of other compositions according to the invention containing nucleosides of low solubUity as defined herein are claimed in the claims are described in detaU in the Examples.
Furthermore, relevant compositions and conditions to be fulfiUed for the individual components in the compositions are claimed in the claims and described in the Examples.
Other aspects of the invention
The invention also relates to methods for preparing the compositions according to the invention. Details concerning the preparation are given in the Examples herein. Furthermore, the invention also relates to a method for administering an active substance to e.g. a human, the method comprising administering to the human in need thereof a therapeutically and/or prophylactically effective amount of the active substance in a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention.
As will be understood, details and particulars concerning the composition aspects of the invention will be the same as or analogous to the details and particulars concerning the other aspects of the invention and the method aspects discussed above, and this means that wherever appropriate, the statements above concerning a pharmaceutical composition, a second-substance, a structurant, a liquid medium and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, as well as improved properties and uses apply mutatis mutandis to all aspects of the invention.
MATERIALS
Glycerylmonooleate (monoolein), manufactured by Grindsted Products A/S, Denmark
DIMODAN® GMO-90, a distilled monoglyceride
Chemical and physical data
Monoester content min. 95% Diglycerides max. 3% Triglycerides max. 0.2% Free fatty acids max. 0.5% Free glycerol max. 0.5% Iodine value approx. 72
Fatty acid composition: Oleic acid 92% Linoleic 6% Saturated (C16/C18) 2%
Melting point 35-37°C
Antioxidants and synergists added: Ascorbyl palmitate max. 200 ppm α -Tocopherol max. 200 ppm Citric acid max. 100 ppm
In the following examples, the term "GMO-90" indicates that the above-mentioned glycerol monooleate product is employed, except where otherwise stated.
Another quality of glycerol monooleate has been employed in some of the following examples, namely RYLO® MG19 (with a content of about 90% GMO) manufactured by Danisco Ingredients, Denmark
Chemical and physical data
Monoester content min. 95% Free fatty acids max. 0.5%
Free glycerol max. 1%
Iodine value approx. 72
Fatty acid composition:
Oleic acid >90% Linoleic and linolenic acids < 6%
Antioxidants and synergists added:
Ascorbyl palmitate max. 200 ppm α -Tocopherol max. 200 ppm
Citric acid max. 100 ppm
Glycerylmonooleate 84% "GMO-84" (monoolein), manufactured by Grindsted Products A/S, Denmark; the product used has a total content of fatty acid monoesters of at least about 96%. The product employed in the examples described herein had the following composition of fatty acid monoesters:
Glycerylmonooleate about 84% w/w Glycerylmonolinoleate about 7% w/w
Glyceryl monopalmitate about 3% w/w
Glyceryl monostearate about 4% w/w
In the following examples, the term "GMO 84" indicates that this glycerol monooleate product is employed.
Other commercially avaUable glycerol monooleate products (e.g. Myverol 18-99 and GMOrphic 80 available from Kodak Eastman, U.S.A.) which differ in the composition of fatty acid monoesters compared with the products described above may also be apphed.
Glycerylmonolinoleate (Dimodan® LS), manufactured by Grindsted Products A/S; the product used has a total content of fatty acid monoesters of at least about 90% such as about 96% w/w. The product employed in the examples described herein had the following composition of fatty acid monoesters:
Glyceryl monopalmitate about 6% w/w Glyceryl monostearate about 6% w/w Glycerylmonooleate about 22% w/w Glycerylmonolinoleate about 63% w/w
Other commercial avaUable glycerylmonolinoleate products (such as, e.g., Myverol® 18-92 avaUable from Kodak Eastman, U.S.A.) which differ in the composition of fatty acid monoesters compared with the product described above may also be apphed.
Phosphatidylchohne (Epikuron available from Lucas Meyer, Hamburg, Germany):
Lipoid SlOO or S75 (purified soya phosphatidylcholine available from Lipoid GmbH, Germany)
Epikuron 200 (purified soya phosphatidylcholine):
Phosphatidylchohne of soyabean origin
Characteristics: EPIKURON 200 is a purified phosphatidylcholine of soybean origin.
Composition: The product consists of phosphatidylchohne, a small amount of lyso-phosphatidylcholine and other phospholipids.
phosphatidylchohne min. 92% lyso-phosphatidylcholine max. 3% other phosphohpids max. 2%
moisture max. 0.8% oil content max. 1.0% α -Tocopherol 0.2%
fatty acids (total content) including: palmitic acid/stearic acid 16-22% oleic acid 8-12% linoleic acid 62-66% linolenic acid 6-8%
Epikuron 145 V:
Deoiled, fractionated soybean lecithin
Characteristics: EPIKURON 145 V is a fractionated, wax-like soybean lecithin with enriched content of phosphatidylcholine for the use in pharmaceutical industry.
Composition: Mixture polar (phospho- and glyco-) lipids and a small amount of carbohydrates.
phosphatidylcholine min. 45% phosphatidylethanolamine min. 10% phosphatidylinositol max. 3% phosphatidic acid max. 3% lyso-phosphatidylcholine max. 4% other phosphohpids max. 18% glycolipids max. 15%
moisture max. 0.6% oU content max. 2.0% α -Tocopherol 0.2%
fatty acids (total content) including: palmitic acid/stearic acid 18-22% oleic acid 6-10% linoleic acid 62-66% linolenic acid 6-8%
Miconazol base available from MedioLast SPA MUano, Italy Lidocaine hydrochloride available from Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, U.S.A. Lidocaine base available from Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, U.S.A.
Acyclovir (crystalhne) available from Chemo Iberica, Spain, e.g. a quality where 90-100% of the crystals have a particle size of less than 100 μm Acyclovir (micronized) available from Chemo Iberica, Spain, e.g. a quahty where 100% of the particles have a particle size under 24 μm and not less than 90% under 12μm - -
Ethanol available from Danisco A/S, Denmark, complies with the DLS standard (98.8-100% w/w ethanol) Sesame oil available from Nomeco, Denmark
Soybean oil available from Nomeco, Denmark
Glycerol available from Joli Handel ApS, Denmark
Lecithin Epikuron 200 or Epikuron 145 from Lucas Meyer
Benzyl alcohol avaUable from Merck AG, Germany Water, purified or distilled water
DEAE-dextran (MW = 500,000) available form Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, U.S.A.
Sodium alginate (Sobalg FD 120) avaUable from Grindsted Products A/S, Denmark
HvdroxypropylmethylceUulose (Methocel K15MCR Premium USP) available from Colorcon
Limited, U.S.A. Carbopol 934 available from The BFGoodrich Company, U.S.A.
Vitamin E TPGS (d-α-tocopherylpolyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate) available from Kodak
Eastman (in the following designated TPGS)
Aspirin avaUable from Sigma, Chemical Co., St. Louis, U.S.A.
Propylene glvcol avaUable from BASF AktiengeseUschaft, Germany α -tocopherol avaUable from BASF AktiengeseUschaft,, Germany
Paraffin oil available from Unichem, Denmark
Polyethylene glycol 200 avaUable from Unichem, Denmark
Lactose avaUable from Inkem
HydroxypropylceUulose avaUable from Aldrich Chemical Company, U. S. A. Lanolin avaUable from Westbrook Lanolin Company
Sorbitan ester avaUable from Maximex ApS, Denmark
Heating and coohng stage, Linkam Peltier Stage and ControUer, PE 60 for microscope
Ultra-Turrax T25 homogenisator
400 Watt Ultrasonic Processors VCX 400
Coulter Multisizer II (Coulter), Malvern 2600 droplet and particle size analyse (for the determination of particle size distribution).
Strolein Areameter and Coulter SA3100 for the determination of the surface area of the particles. METHODS
Test systems for bioadhesion
1. In vitro test system for bioadhesion by means of rabbit jejunum membranes
The test system for bioadhesion described in the following is a modified system of a method described by Ranga Rao & Buri (Int. J. Pharm. 1989, 52, 265-270).
Male albino rabbits (3-4 kg, New Zealand white rabbit SSC: CPH) were fasted for 20 hours before they were killed by means of a pentobarbital sodium injection. The intestines of the rabbits were dissected and placed in an isotonic 0.9% sodium chloride solution at room temperature (about 18°C). Within 30 minutes the jejunums were cut and washed with 0.9% sodium chloride solution. The lumens were gently rinsed with the saline until the intestines were clean. The jejunums were cut into pieces of about 8-9 cm in length and frozen (-20°C) immediately. The jejunums were stored up to 3 months before use (when performing the test described below it was found that the use of fresh jejunum or, alternatively, jejunum which had been frozen for up to 3 months gave reproducible and significantly similar results). Before testing, the segment of jejunum was gently thawed out.
The segment of the jejunum was cut longitudinally. It was placed on a stainless steel support (a tube of 2 cm in diameter and cut longitudinaUy at an axis paraUel to its centre) with the mucosa layer upside, spread and held in position on the support by the adhesive effect of the jejunum itself. The support with the jejunum was placed at an angle of from about -5° to about -25° such as -7° or -21° (in the Examples the angle apphed is denoted "angle" in a cylindrical cell thermostated at 37°C. A schematic Ulustration of the ceU is shown in Fig. 1. The relative humidity in the thermostated cell was kept at about 100%. The jejunum was then flushed with a medium of 0.02M isotonic phosphate buffer solution (pH 6.5, 37°C) for 2 or 5 minutes (in the foUowing denoted "initial rinsing period") at a flow rate of 5 or 10 ml/min (in the following denoted "initial rinsing flow"), respectively, using a peristaltic pump to equUibrate the jejunum with the buffer and to rinse off loose mucosa. [Immediately before application of the sample, the support was positioned at a horizontal position and after apphcation the position was changed to the initial position of -21°.] An accurately weighted amount of the sample to be tested for bioadhesive properties (about 50-150 mg) was placed evenly on the mucosa of the jejunum (about 0.8 x 6 cm). About 1 ml of the buffer solution was carefully dropped evenly on the sample apphed to ensure formation of such a hquid crystalhne phase, if possible (in the case of monoolein, the liquid crystalhne phase may be the cubic, hexagonal, reverse hexagonal, micellar, reverse micellar, or lamellar phase). [In those cases where the viscosity of the test sample are relatively high or where a precipitation has taken place, the test sample is gently melted on a heating plate or in an oven at a temperature of max. 60°C in the case of GMO or GML and cooled to a temperature of at the most about 40°C before apphcation on the rabbit jejunum.] Immediately after, the segments were left for 5-20 minutes such as, e.g., 10 minutes in the cell allowing the sample to interact with the glycoproteins of the jejunum and to prevent drying of the mucus. After 10 minutes, the segments were flushed evenly with the isotonic 0.02M phosphate buffer solution (pH 6.5, 37°C) for 15-60 minutes such as, e.g., 30 minutes at a flow rate of 5-15 ml/min such as 10 ml/min (in the Examples denoted "flow rate"). The tip of the tube carrying the buffer solution was placed 3-4 mm above the jejunum to ensure an even liquid flow over the mucosa. The washings were collected into a beaker. The amount of bioadhesive component remaining on the jejunum was calculated either by measuring the amount of sample in the beaker or by measuring the amount of sample remaining in the jejunum by means of a suitable analysis method, e.g. HPLC.
At the end of the experiment, the remaining sample on the jejunum was checked with a pair of tweezers to reveal false positive results.
In 1-2 test run(s) out of 10, false negative results were observed probably due to a loose mucosa layer on the rabbit jejunum.
During testing and validation of the method, the parameters given above were varied (e.g. the angle apphed, the flow rate, the amount apphed, etc.). In order to exclude false negative and false positive results it was found that the foUowing conditions were satisfactory:
Time for prehydration before apphcation of sample:
10 min Amount apphed: about 50-150 mg (tests have shown that a variation in the amount applied within a range of from about 25 mg to about 225 mg was without significant influence on the results obtained)
Angle: -21°
Flow rate: 10 ml/min
Flow period: 30 minutes (it was found that a flow period of at least 10 minutes gives reproducible results and a prolongation of the period to about 60 minutes does not significantly change the result)
Furthermore, it was found advantageous that the method allows rinsing of the sample apphed on the jejunum by an aqueous medium, thus allowing a liquid crystalline phase to be formed. The method also permits apphcation of fluid samples and pellets. Determination of the bioadhesiveness of a test sample
In those cases where the test sample is a second substance like a fatty acid ester optionally in combination with a structurant, the substance(s) is/are considered as bioadhesive if the residual amount is at least about 60% w/w such as at least about 65% w/w, about 70% w/w, about 75% w/w, about 80% w/w, about 85% w/w, 90% w/w, or about 95% w/w.
In those cases where the test sample is a composition comprising a combination of a second substance like e.g. a fatty acid ester and an active substance and, optionally, other substances like structurant and/or excipients, the composition is considered bioadhesive if the residual amount (of the second substance like e.g. the fatty acid ester, or the active substance) is at least about 40% w/w such as at least about 45% w/w, about 50% w/w, 55% w/w, 60% w/w, 65% w/w, 70% w/w, 75% w/w, or 80% w/w.
In the present context evaluation of the bioadhesive properties of a substance may also be performed by use of the test system and test conditions described above but modified with respect to type of membrane, amount apphed of test sample, test angle, flow rate, medium, etc. In this connection, tests have been performed in order to evaluate the influence of different membranes on the test results. The foUowing results were obtained using the above-mentioned test conditions (angle: -21°, flow rate: 10 ml/min, and flow period: 30 min) and applying GMO on the membrane:
Membrane Bioadhesion
% w/w Residual amount %
rabbit jejunum 90 pig Ueum 106* pig stomach 106* buccal pig mucosa 88
* the high result is most likely due to an interference from the intestines or the stomach
2. In vitro test system for bioadhesion by means of tensiometry
The test system for bioadhesion described in the following is a modified system of a method described by Tobyn, M., J. Johnson & S. Gibson (in "Use of a TA.XT2 Texture Analyser in Mucoadhesive Research", International LABMATE, 1992, XVTI (issue VI), 35-38). The test system involves measuring the tensile force required to break an adhesive bond formed between a model membrane and a test sample (i.e. the sample which is tested for its bioadhesive properties).
The test apparatus employed in the foUowing is a TA.XT2 Texture analyser (Stable Micro System Ltd., Haslemere, UK) (Fig. 2) equipped with a 5 kg load cell interfaced with an IBM PC computer running XT-RA dimension software, DOS version. The test enables measuring the strength of adhesive bonding established by contacting a model membrane, i.e. in this case a pig intestine segment, and the test sample. An analogous test apparatus may also be employed.
The TA.XT2 Texture analyser apparatus is equipped with an instrument probe 1 (see Fig. 2) which is movable in a vertical direction at a variable rate. During the so-called withdrawal phase of the testing, the instrument probe is moved upwards with a constant rate until detachment occurs (see below). Furthermore, the apparatus is equipped with a stationary plate 2 on which a first holder 3 is placed. Before and during a test run, a model membrane 4 is fixed on this holder, e.g. by means of a cap or double adhesive tape or glue. The area exposed to the test may be determined by the area of the probe (preferred in this case) or by the area of the test samples (e.g. a coated cover glass), or by the area of a holder fixed to the probe. The accurate size of the exposed area is used in the calculation of the adhesive strength (see below).
As mentioned above, the test involves employment of a model membrane, primarily of animal origin. The membrane could be e.g. rabbit, rat or pig gastric mucosa; a segment of rabbit, rat or pig intestines, e.g. a segment of rabbit jejunum; a segment of rabbit or porcine buccal mucosa; or a segment of rabbit, rat or pig intestines from which the mucosal layer has been removed prior to testing; or skin from an animal (after removal of substantially all subcutaneous fat); or it could be artificiaUy or commercially avaUable mucin.
In the tests described below, duodenum, jejunum and the upper part of Ueum from freshly slaughtered pigs were used. The gut was stored on ice until it was washed with 0.9% w/w sodium chloride solution within 2 hours. The lumens were gently rinsed with the saline until the intestines were clean. The gut was cut into pieces of 3-4 cm and immediately frozen (-20°C). The intestines were stored up to 2 months before use. Before testing, the segments were gently thawed out. The gut segment was opened along the mesenteric border. Serosa and muscularis layers were removed by stripping with a pair of tweezers, taking care to maintain the integrity of the mucus layer. This resulted in a flattening of the originally folded mucosal surface. Before use the tissue was equUibrated in the testing medium for about 10 min, which was sufficient for the tissue to attain temperature and pH equilibrium as measured by pH paper. If the results obtained by use of another membrane than the one mentioned above are compared to the bioadhesive properties of various substances or combinations, the results of a reference compound could be included. As discussed below testing of a reference sample may also be made as a routine. Polycarbophil and Carbopol 934 have been found suitable as reference compounds.
An accurate amount of a test sample (about 25-500 mg) is applied in a uniform layer either
i) on the luminal side of the model membrane placed on the first holder,
ii) directly on the instrument probe, if necessary by means of a cap, a double adhesive tape or glue apphed on the instrument probe before application of the test sample,
iii) on a cover glass which is placed on the instrument probe with the test sample pointing downwards, or
iv) via a probe modified in such a manner that it allows apphcation of a relatively low viscous or semi-solid sample, the modified probe also aUows the necessary addition of an aqueous medium.
In those cases where it is not possible to fix the test sample to the instrument probe, the apparatus may be equipped with a second holder 5 on which another model membrane is fixed. In such cases, the model membranes employed on the two holders are usuaUy of the same type. It is also possible to fix the other model membrane directly to the instrument probe e.g. by means of a double adhesive tape, glue, or a cap.
For an adhesion test, a tissue (porcine intestinal mucosa) of about 3 x 3 cm was fixed on the tissue holder 3 with the mucosa layer upside. Before apphcation of the tissue, a piece of gauze was placed directly on the tissue holder, and thereupon the tissue was placed. This precaution is made in order to stabilize the contact force. In order to moist the tissue and hydrate the sample, about 0.5 ml isotonic 0.05M phosphate buffer, pH 6.0, was added to the tissue. Such an addition also enables a cubic phase to be formed. The instrument probe with sample (e.g. applied by smearing 50-80 mg of the sample onto the probe in a thin, smooth layer, see below) was lowered with a test speed of 0.1 mm/sec in order to bring the tissue and the sample in contact under a constant force. The contact area was either 1.33 cm2 (cover glass) or 1.27 cm2 (probe) depending on the method of sample preparation. The contact force was set to 0.2N and the contact time was 30 min. After 30 min the probe was withdrawn with a rate of 0.1 mm/sec (post test speed) for 10 mm. Initial experiments showed that this distance was well beyond the point where the sample and mucous separated during withdrawal. The peak detachment force and the area under the force/time curve was calculated automatically using the XT-RA dimension software. The work of adhesion (mJ cm"2), said-to be the most accurate predictor of mucoadhesive performance, was calculated.
Sample preparation
Apphcation method of the polymers used as reference:
Cover glasses having a diameter of 13 mm (area 1.33 cm2) were coated with the polymers under investigation by pipetting 100 μl of a 1% w/w solution of methanol or water in the center of the glass plate. After drying for 2 hours at 60°C in an oven, a thin polymer film remained. One cover glass was attached to the probe (diameter of 12.7 mm) with its non-coated side by means of double adhesive tape.
Cover glasses and mucosa were only used once (i.e. for one measurement).
Apphcation of compositions:
A. Melting (if possible) of the sohd or semi-solid composition and dipping the probe into it (this method is only used if the melting procedure does not change the properties of the composition). The sample (25-100 mg) was apphed to the probe in a smooth layer by dipping the probe into melted GMO. The sample was solidified at room temperature or, if necessary, by cooling.
B. Smearing 25-100 mg of the sample directly on the probe.
C. Fixing the sample by means of a cap, double adhesive tape, or glue
Test runs are performed after the tissue has equUibrated in an aqueous medium at room temperature for 5-20 min. Then the tissue was removed from the aqueous medium and placed in the test apparatus and then the test was run.
In some cases, variations of the above-given method may be relevant, e.g. running the test in an aqueous medium or running the test at a temperature different from room temperature such as 37°C.
Furthermore, the test parameters may be varied, e.g. as follows:
Hydration time: 0 - 20 min
Contact time: 60 sec - 50 min Contact force: 0.05-0.4N Equilibration medium _.
Test speed: 0.02-1 mm/sec
Post test speed: 0.02-1 mm/sec
Test run temperature may be changed by employing a suitable temperature controlled oven such as a SMTC/04 from Stable Microsystems, Haslemere, UK.
Determination of the bioadhesive properties of a test sample
In order to test whether a test sample is bioadhesive, two test runs are performed:
1. A test run with the test sample apphed (result: work of adhesion WAS),
2. A test run with a known and excellent bioadhesive sample (e.g. polycarbophil) (result: work of adhesion WAR).
In both cases the work of adhesion is calculated and the test sample is considered bioadhesive if WAS/WAR x 100% is at least 30%, such as 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, or 55%. In general, a sample is graded to be a weak bioadhesive if the result is less than about 30%, a medium bioadhesive if the result is about 30%-50%, a strong bioadhesive if the result is at least 50%.
Polycarbophil (Noveon™ AA-1, BF Goodrich, Hounslow, U.K.) is a high molecular weight poly(acrylic acid)copolymer loosely cross-linked with divinyl glycol. On account of its known exceUent mucoadhesive properties, this polymer serves as a reference. Before testing in the above-mentioned tensiometric test, a polycarbophil gel is prepared by mixing polycarbophil with water or methanol (resulting concentration about 10-20 mg ml"1) and the mixture is allowed to hydrate at room temperature for 24 hours. The polymer solution is periodically stirred. The resulting gel is applied on a cover glass and tested as described above and the result obtained is used as a reference value for excellent bioadhesive substances.
Similarly, other substances which are known bioadhesive substances are tested such as, e.g., chitosane, tragacanth, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), sodium alginate, hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), karaya gum, carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), gelatin, pectin, acacia, PEG 6000, povidone, or DEAE-dextran (less bioadhesive than polycarbophil). By choosing test substances with various degrees of bioadhesiveness, an evaluation scale can be made and the performance of a test sample with respect to bioadhesiveness can be evaluated. It is contemplated that the following scale is applicable provided the test conditions given above are applied. It is clear that if the test conditions are changed, another scale may be more relevant. A suitable scale is then to.be based on the values obtained for the excellent bioadhesive - - polycarbophil and the weak bioadhesive such as DEAE-dextran.
Bioadhesive properties Work of adhesion (mJ cm"2)
none less than 0.005 poor about 0.005 - about 0.012 moderate about 0.012 - about 0.020 good about 0.020 - about 0.04 excellent more than 0.04
When testing some known bioadhesive substances and GMO, the following results were obtained as a mean of six experiments:
Test substance Work of adhesion (mJ cm"2)
DEAE-dextran 0.010
Sodium alginate 0.015 GMO 84/water 85/15% w/w* 0.028
HPMC 0.036
Carbopol 934 0.031
GMO 84 0.047
Polycarbophil 0.060 *: lamellar phase
3. In vivo test system for bioadhesion - washing off ability from the skin
A water soluble dye (Edicol Sunset YeUow, E 110, Amaranth E-123, or Brilliant Blue E 131) and/or a lipid soluble dye (Waxohne violet A FW (Maximex), Colur flavus insolubUis, DAK 63, or EdUake tartrazin NS) can be added to the test sample and mixed to form a homogeneous mixture. In those cases where a water soluble dye is used, the dye is preferably dissolved in an aqueous medium before mixing. In most cases, however, a dye is not added as the result is easily determined visually. About 0.05-0.5 g (such as 0.2 g) of the resulting mixture was applied in a uniform layer on an area of about 4 cm2 of the skin of the hand or of the wrist. The test samples could be applied on dry skin as well as on moistened skin. In some cases, about 10 min before running the test, a small amount of water could be added to the test sample apphed.
Immediately after application, the test sample on the skin was subjected to washings with water from a tip (flow rate corresponding to about 6-8 litres/minute and a temperature of about 35- 40°C). The washings were carried out for about 3 minutes. Then it is visually assessed in which degree the test sample is retained on the skin. The visual assessment is done by use of a scale graded from 1-5, where 5 represents total retainment of the test sample apphed on the skin and 1 represents no retainment of the test sample on the skin.
The test sample is evaluated to have bioadhesive properties in the present context if the result of the above-described test is at least 4.
The test described above has proved to be suitable when testing compositions for bioadhesiveness and the compositions in question have a relatively high viscosity which makes it difficult to apply the compositions to the rabbit jejunum model. A modification of the test described above excluding the addition of a water soluble dye has also proved suitable for testing compositions for bioadhesiveness.
Quantitative determinations of glycerylmonooleate and glycerylmonolinoleate by means of HPLC
The quantitative determination of glycerylmonooleate or glycerylmonolinoleate was made by high-performance hquid chromatography (HPLC) using a Shimadzu LC-6A HPLC pump, a Shimadzu SPD-6A UV detector, a Shimadzu C-5A integrator and a Shimadzu SIL-6B autosampler.
The column (25 cm x 4 mm i.d.) was packed with SupelcosU LC-18-DM and was eluted isocraticaUy at ambient temperature with a mobUe phase consisting of methanol:water:acetate buffer (pH 3.5) (840:120:40 v/v). However, in some cases interference from other substances may occur, and then it may be necessary to make minor changes in the composition of the eluent.
The size of a sample injected on the column was 20 μl and the flow rate was 1.2 ml/ml. The column effluent was monitored at 214 nm.
Extraction procedure prior to analysis of glycerylmonooleate or glycerylmonolinoleate in mucosa
The mucosa in question (with a second substance such as a fatty acid ester like e.g. glycerylmonooleate) is placed in 50.00 ml of methanol and shaken for 2 hours. The mixture is filtered through a 0.45 μm filter membrane (from Millipore 16555Q) and the filtrate is subjected to HPLC analysis using the method described above. Recovery
In those cases where analysis is performed in order to determine the residual amount of the second substance such as the fatty acid ester like e.g. glycerylmonooleate on the rabbit jejunum segment in connection with the bioadhesive test No. 1 (above), the calculation of the residual amount takes into consideration an appropriate correction in the recovery. This correction is found based on determination of the amount of fatty acid ester on the rabbit jejunum segment after apphcation of an accurate amount of the second substance (this test is repeated 5 times and the recovery is given as the mean value).
The recovery of about 125 mg GMO 84/ethanol 60/40% w/w on rabbit jejunum was examined. The recovery was found to be about 95%. The recovery was not determined for the other amounts of GMO/ethanol 60/40% w/w nor was it determined for GMO or GML formulations to which drug substances or excipients were added.
Solubility of acetylsalicylic acid (aspirin):
Wyatt D.M. and Dorschel O. A cubic phase dehvery system composed of glyceryl monooleate and water for sustained release of water-soluble drugs, Pharm. Tech. 1992 (Oct.), p. 116-130, disclose an experiment in which aspirin is used. Aspirin is not a substance which has a low solubihty in water at a pH prevailing in the composition such as appears from the foUowing.
Aqueous solubility
The solubihty of the weak acid aspirin is 3.3 mg/ml in water (20°C). It has a pKa value of about 3.5 (25°C) (Analytical Profiles). The solubihty of aspirin is strongly dependent on the pH in the solution. The degree of ionisation of the acid group in aspirin is favoured when the pH is around and above the pKa value of the compound and therefore the solubUity is increased with pH > 3.4. A solubility experiment has shown that the solubihty of aspirin is greater than 10 mg/ml in a buffer solution of pH 3.6. The experiment was performed in an 0.5 M acetate buffer solution pH 4.0; the buffer was not strong enough to maintain the pH, and the pH in the final solution was 3.6. The solubihty of aspirin in a buffer solution of pH 4.0 is > 20 mg/ml.
Solubility in GMO/water
The solubihty of acetylsalicylic acid in GMO/water 65/35% w/w has been determined to be >20 mg/ml. During the experiment, the pH of the aqueous phase at the end of the experiment was 4.0 and the aqueous phase used was 0.2 M acetate buffer pH 5.0 (the buffer used was not strong enough to maintain tha pH at 5.0) - -
Determination of the dissolution/release rate of a pharmaceutical formulation
The dissolution rate of acyclovir in various GMO compositions was determined using Franz diffusion cells having a diffusion area of 1.77 cm2 and a receptor volume of 6.8 ml. The study was run at a temperature of 37°C and as diffusion membrane a cellulose membrane from Medicell International Ltd. was employed. The membrane employed has a pore size of about 2.4 nm and it retains particles having a molecular weight larger than about 12,000-14,000. Before application, the membrane was pretreated and thoroughly rinsed with distiUed water. As receptor medium was used an isotonic 0.05M phosphate buffer pH 6.5 (Danish Drug Standards, DLS) and the medium was magnetically stirred at 100 rpm.
The cellulose membrane was allowed to equilibrate at 37°C for 30 min in the receptor medium employed. After placing the membrane in the diffusion cell (the membrane was supported by a metallic grating), about 300-400 mg of the composition to be tested was applied by means of a syringe or a spatula and care was taken to ensure a homogenous distribution of the composition on the total area of the membrane available for diffusion. Alternatively, the composition to be tested may be filled into a dish having a weU-defined surface area which is only a little smaller than that of the cellulose membrane held by a Franz' diffusion cell so that almost all of the diffusion area avaUable is used; the dish is turned upside down and placed on top of the cellulose membrane. Phosphate buffer was then loaded into the receptor part (time t=0) and at appropriate time intervals, samples of 2.0 ml were withdrawn and analyzed for content of acyclovir (cf. below). This relatively high volume was withdrawn to ensure sink condition. The amount of receptor medium withdrawn was replaced with fresh receptor medium.
Another well-suited dissolution test system for semi-solids is the Hanson p/n-S7-VC-IS-7 vertical diffusion cells (12 ceUs) from Hanson Research Corporation, U.S.A.
Quantitative determination of miconazole and lidocaine hydrochloride, respectively
Samples from Example 88 were analyzed for the content of miconazol and lidocain hydrochloride, respectively. The following assays were employed: Lidocain HCI
The content of lidocain HCI is determined by a HPLC method.
T: Dissolve the formulation in 30 ml methanol and transfer it quantitatively to a 50 ml volumetric flask. Add methanol to 50.00 ml.
R: Weigh out 100.00 mg lidocain HCI in a 100 ml volumetric flask. Dilute 1000 μl to 50.00 ml with mobile phase.
Analyse T and R on a suitable liquid chromatograph with UV-detector and integrator.
Column: Steel column, length 25 cm x 4.6 mm i.d.
Stationary phase: Nucleosil C-18, 10 μm Mobile phase: Methanol R: Acetic acid: Triethylamine: Water (50:1.5:0.5:48)
Flow: 1.5 ml/min
Temperature: Room temperature
Detection: 254 nm
Injection: 20 μl loop Retention time: Lidocain HCI: about 3 min
Calculation:
Aτ x n(g) Lidocain HCL recovery, %: x 100%
AE x m(g) x % lidocain HCI
where Aτ is the area of the test solution T;
AE is the area of the standard solution R; n is the amount of standard weighed out (g); m is the amount of formulation applied to the intestine (g); % lidocain HCI is the content of lidocain HCI in the formulation determined as
% w/w. Miconazol
The content of miconazol is also determined by a HPLC method.
T: Dissolve the formulation in 30 ml methanol and transfer it quantitatively to a 50 ml volumetric flask. Add methanol to 50.00 ml.
R: Weigh out 100.00 mg miconazol in a 100 ml volumetric flask. Dilute 1000 μl to 50.00 ml with mobile phase.
Analyse T and R on a suitable hquid chromatograph with UV-detector and integrator.
Column: Steel column, length 25 cm x 4.6 mm i.d.
Stationary phase: Spherisorb ODS 1, S5 Mobile phase: Methanol R: Buffer (85:15)
Flow: 1.0 ml/min
Temperature: 70°C
Detection: 230 nm
Injection: 20 μl loop Retention time: Miconazol: about 8 min
Buffer: 0.05 M NH4H2P04 (5.75 g in 1000 ml H20)
Calculation:
Aτ x n(g) Miconazol recovery, %: x 100% AE x m(g) x % miconazol
where Aτ is the area of the test solution T;
AE is the area of the standard solution R; n is the amount of standard weighed out (g); m is the amount of formulation apphed to the intestine (g);
% miconazol is the content of miconazol in the formulation determined as % w/w. Quantitative determination of acyclovir
Method A
Determination of acyclovir in aqueous media by HPLC
The HPLC method employed was the following:
Column: 25 cm x 4.6 mm i.d.
Stationary phase: Nucleosil C-18
Mobile phase: wateπmethanol (85:15)
Temperature: Room temperature
Detection: 254 nm Flow: 1 ml/min
Inj .volume: 20 μl
Ret. time: ca. 5.4 min
In connection with dissolution/release rate experiments employing Franz diffusion cells as described above, the concentration in the test solution (Cn) is calculated as follows:
Reference solution: An accurate amount of about 10.00 mg acyclovir is diluted to with distiUed water to a concentration of 10.00 μg/ml
Test solution: The sample withdrawn is filtered through a 0.2 μm filter and injected onto the column (in some cases it might be necessary to subject the sample to dUution with water)
c, = Aj x amount weight in (mg) of reference x 1000 x 5 y mi ^ AR x 100 x 50
in which p is the area of the test solution, and
AR is the area of the reference solution.
Calculation of % released: n
100 x Cn x Vt +(Vs x ∑ Cn.!)) £---i .x 100%
% of acyclovir in form, x mg of form, apphed x 1000 in which
Cn is the concentration, of drug in the receptor solution (mg/ml), - -
Vt is the receptor volume (unless otherwise stated, Vt = 6.8 ml), Vs is the sample volume withdrawn, Cn is the concentration in the previous sample (μg/ml).
Method B
Determination of acyclovir in pharmaceutical formulations by HPLC
The HPLC method employed was the following:
Column: Steel column, 25 cm x 4.6 mm i.d. Stationary phase: Nucleosil C-18, 5 μm
Mobile phase: wateπmethanol (20:80)
Temperature: Room temperature
Detection: 254 nm
Flow: 0.8 ml/min Inj .volume: 20 μl
Ret. time: ca. 3.5 min
Reference solution: Weigh out an accurate amount of about 20.00 mg acyclovir and dilute it with mobile phase to a concentration of about 0.008 mg/ml
Test solution: Weight out 100.00 mg of the GMO/acyclovir formulation in a 50 ml volumetric flask. DUute with mobUe phase to 50.00 ml. DUute 5.00 ml to 50.00 ml with mobile phase.
From the areas of the test solution and reference solution, respectively, the percentage of acyclovir present in the formulation is calculated.
Method C
Recovery of acyclovir on intestine
The HPLC method employed is the same as described under Method B. The test solution is prepared as follows: The intestine is shaken for 2 hours with 50.00 ml of the mobile phase. The test solution is filtered through a 0.2 μm filter. Dilute 1000 μl to 10.00 ml with mobile phase. - -
From the areas of the test solution and reference solution, respectively, the percentage of acyclovir present in the formulation is calculated.
Determination of pH in the liquid crystalline phase
pH in the crystalline hquid phase is determined in a 10% w/w dispersion of the liquid crystalline phase (containing the active substance and any excipients) in distiUed water. Prior to determination the dispersion is subjected to ultrasonic treatment for 30 minutes in order to ensure that an equihbrium between the liquid crystaUine phase and the distilled water has taken place. The pH is measured by employment of a HAMILTON FLUSHTRODE which is a suitable pH-electrode for measurement of pH in the dispersions. The procedure followed was in accordance with the instructions given by the manufacturer of the electrode.
The method described above can be employed for various compositions, i.e. for composition wherein the concentration of the active ingredient in the liquid crystalhne phase may be varied (e.g. from 1-20% w/w or in any range relevant for compositions according to the invention.
Modifications of the method described above may also be employed e.g. i) the dispersion mentioned above may obtained by diluting the liquid crystaUine phase in a range corresponding to from about 1:20 to about 1:5 with distiUed water, ii) ultrasonic treatment may be omitted or substituted by stirring or treatment in a rotomat provided that measures are taken to ensure that equihbrium takes place or, alternatively, that measurement of pH takes place after a well- defined time period, and hi) other suitable electrodes may be employed.
Most important is it to ensure that for comparative purposes the test conditions (stirring, ultrasonic treatment, time, electrodes) should be essentially the same when determining pH in the liquid crystaUine phase of compositions.
In order to determine when an equihbrium between the liquid crystalline phase and the distilled water has taken place a number of experiments were performed varying the time period for ultrasonic treatment (0-5 hours) and measuring the pH immediate after the end of the ultra sonic treatment and 24 hours later. The experiments are performed on a GMO/water 65/35 containing 5% w/w of acyclovir. Based on the results of these experiments a time period of 30 minutes proved suitable, i.e. there is only an insignificant difference in the pH measured immediately after the end of ultra sonic treatment and 24 hours later. Determination of drug solubility
The determination of the solubihty of the active substance in the liquid crystalline phase of the composition is, of course, performed on the liquid crystalhne phase as formed. In practice, this means that when the composition is one in which the liquid crystalhne phase has already been formed when the composition is apphed, the determination of the solubihty is performed on the composition itself. The determination of the solubihty is suitably performed by microscopy to observe any crystals of the active substance. Suitable test conditions involve a magnification of about 250 x and e.g. room temperature (20°C or 37°C may also be employed). The determination of the concentration at which crystals are observed is performed after a period of at least one week after preparation of the composition or the liquid crystaUine phase to ensure that equilibrium has taken place. Normally, a series of tests with varying concentrations is performed to determine the concentration above which crystals are found. On the other hand, when the composition is a precursor composition, the liquid crystalline phase used as a reference in the solubility determination is a liquid crystaUine phase imitating the liquid crystalline phase which will be formed when the composition absorbs hquid from the site of apphcation. This reference liquid crystalhne phase is made up with water (as representing the hquid absorbed) in such an amount that the reference liquid crystaUine phase is the same type of hquid crystalhne phase as is generated from the precursor composition.
In order to determine the aqueous solubihty of the active substance at the pH prevaUing in the liquid crystaUine phase, the pH is determined in the liquid crystaUine phase as described above to determine the pH conditions when determining the solubUity. [Many experiments with GMO have revealed that the pH of the hquid crystaUine phase predominantly is about 4.5, however, the pH depends on the quahty of GMO employed.] The solubUity of the active substance is then determined by stirring an excess amount of the active substance in water, where applicable, being buffered to a pH substantially identical to the pH prevaUing in the liquid crystalhne phase for a time period of at least 24 hours (to ensure that equUibrium has taken place) and at a constant temperature (e.g. 20°C, room temperature or 37°C). In some case the samples initially were subjected to ultrasonic treatment for half an hour in order to accelerate the time for equUibrium. The concentration of the active substance in the supernatant (i.e. the aqueous solubility at the given pH) is then determined by an appropriate assay (e.g. by HPLC or UV spectroscopy).
As mentioned above, when the pH of the liquid crystalhne phase, determined as described herein, is different from the pH which will result simply by dissolution of the active substance in water, the water is adjusted to substantially the pH of the liquid crystalline phase by using a suitable buffer system when determining the solubihty of the active substance. This buffer system should of course be so selected that, apart from the pH adjustment, it has substantially no influence on the solubihty of the active substance in the buffered water. - -
pH-solubility profile
Alternatively, the aqueous solubihty is determined as a function of pH, i.e. by determining the aqueous solubihty in buffer systems having a pH in a range of about 3 to about 9.5 such as about 3.6 to about 9. Suitable buffer systems include acetate, citrate, phosphate, borate etc. and the concentration of the buffer is sufficient to ensure a constant pH during the experiments. A concentration of at least 0.01 M is normally suitable. This method is applicable when determining the minimum aqueous solubihty of a specific active substance at a given temperature and at a given pH range. The test conditions described (pH, temperature, ultrasonic treatment, stirring, time for ensuring that equilibrium has taken place) above are also valid when determining the minimum solubihty.
Determination of liquid crystalline structure
Phase transitions of GMO 84 and/or GMO 90 containing compositions
In the foUowing tests are described which make it possible to determine the crystalhne structure of suitable compositions for use according to the invention. The tests aUow determination of the presence of, e.g., the GMO 84 or GMO 90 in a lameUar, hexagonal or cubic phase, and it is possible to test the compositions before and after apphcation to an appropriate apphcation site. With respect to the various hquid crystaUine phases formed by GMO or other glycerol fatty acid esters, an exceUent review is given by Ericsson et al. in ACS Symp. Ser. (1991), pp 251-265, American Chemical Society and by Larsson in Chapter 8 (part 8.2.1 entitled "LameUar and hexagonal liquid-crystalline phases") in The Lipids Handbook edited by Gunstone et al. In short, the lameUar phase is the dominating one at a relatively low water content (below 20% w/w) and at a temperature of about 37°C, whereas the cubic phase dominates as the water content increases (more than about 20% w/w).
A. Phase transition of GMO 84 and/or GMO 90 compositions determined by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC)
The DSC measurements were performed using a Perkin Elmer Unix DSC model 7 Differential Scanning Calorimeter. The heating rate was 5°C/min and the scanning temperature was from 5°C to 70°C. Samples were contained in sealed aluminium pans (Perkin Elmer No. BO14-3017) and as a reference empty aluminium pans were employed. The phase transitions caused only a relatively small enthalpy change and, therefore, the amount of sample tested was optimized to about 30-40 mg. The prepared pans were sealed and stored for two days at 5°C prior -to analysis.
B. Phase transition of GMO 84 and/or GMO 90 compositions determined by polarimetry
The liquid crystalhne phase can also be determined using polarized light and e.g. employing a stereomicroscope (Leitz, Diaplane) equipped with polarization filters. The appearance of reversed micelles (L2) are seen as a liquid oil, the lamellar phase (Lβ) is mucous-like and in polarized light it is birefringent. The appearance of the cubic phase is as a very viscous and glass-clear sample. In polarized light the cubic phase (Q) is optically isotropic and gives a black background with no details indicating that it does not reflect the light. The lamellar and hexagonal phases are optically anisotropic. The lamellar phase gives a structure like a pipe cleaner on a black background or, expressed in another manner, could be identified from the oily streak texture and the spherical, positive maltese cross-units visible between crossed polarisers. The reversed hexagonal phase gives different patterns but in most cases it resembles a mosaic-like structure or gives angular or fan-like textures.
The method can be employed in testing the phase behaviour of various bioadhesive compositions.
C. Phase transition of GMO 84 and/or GMO 90 compositions determined by X-ray diffraction
A modified diffraction thermal pattern (DTP) camera was employed. The source was an X-ray tube equipped with a Cu-anode emitting Kα-rays at a wavelength of 1.5418 A. The X-ray generator was a Philips PW 1729.
The liquid crystalhne state can be identified by low angle X-ray diffraction and its appearance in polarized hght. The characteristic X-ray diffraction pattern for the three liquid crystalline phases (lameUar, hexagonal, cubic) will give rise to diffraction lines in the following orders:
l:l/2:l/l:4...(lamellar) l:lA/3:l/4:l/y7...(hexagonal) l:l/J2:l/v/3:l/v/4:l/J5:l/x/6:l/\/8...(cubic)
In the case of the cubic form, the 3 different lattices will give rise to three different diffraction lines. EXAMPLES
The following examples 1-80 relate to the preparation and structure of compositions according to the invention.
Unless otherwise stated, aU percentages are by weight.
In all examples, the glycerylmonooleate (abbreviated as GMO in the following) (and whenever relevant glycerylmonolinoleate (Dimodan® LS)) is gently melted on a heating plate or in an oven and the liquid obtained (max. temperature of the melted liquid is about 60°C) is cooled to about 40°C before mixing with other ingredients. The monoglyceride mixtures and the ingredients were mixed by stirring or shaking.
More specifically, compositions of GMO/Vitamin E TPGS, GMO/lecithin, and GMO/lecithin/Vitamin E TPGS, respectively, are prepared as follows:
GMO/Vitamin E TPGS:
GMO and Vitamin E TPGS are melted together at a temperature of max. 60°C. Alternatively, GMO and Vitamin E TPGS, respectively, are individuaUy melted before mixing of the two components. Then the hquid phase is added.
GMO/lecithin:
Lecithin is dissolved in GMO at a temperature of about 60°C. Then the hquid phase is added. If the content of lecithin is >50% by weight of the GMO content (lecithin/GMO >0.5) then lecithin and the GMO may be dissolved in ether or ethanol followed by evaporation of the solvent by vacuum distillation. Then the hquid phase is added.
GMO/lecithin/Vitamin E TPGS:
Lecithin is dissolved in a GMO-Vitamin E TPGS phase at 60°C. The method described above involving ether or ethanol as solvent can also be employed.
GMO/lecithin/Vitamin E TPGS/acyclovir:
GMO and Vitamin E TPGS are melted at max. 60°C. Acyclovir is suspended into the melt under stirring. Epicuron 200 is dispersed in an aqueous medium by means of a homogenizer and is then added to the GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/acyclovir mixture in a mortar under vigorous stirring until a homogeneous mixture is obtained. The mixture is subjected to ultrasonic treatment for 1 hour and left in an oven (37°C) for 2 days to ensure that equihbrium has taken place.
To the compositions described above any active drug substance and or other excipients are added or, alternatively, these substances are dissolved in the liquid phase before these two phases are mixed together.
In those cases where the composition contains an active substance in a GMO/ethanol or GML/ethanol vehicle or a lipid phase/ethanol vehicle, one of the following methods can be apphed:
1. the active substance was dissolved or dispersed in ethanol and then mixed with melted GMO under stirring,
2. the active substance was dissolved or dispersed in melted GMO and then ethanol was added under stirring,
3. the active substance was dissolved or dispersed in a GMO/ethanol mixture.
When storing at room temperature (22°C) some formulations become inhomogeneous. In relevant cases the formulations were melted and stirred to obtain a homogeneous mixture before use.
An acyclovir ointment composition was prepared as foUows:
In general, the acyclovir was suspended in the melted lipid phase and the other ingredients were added. The monoglyceride mixtures and the ingredients were mixed by stirring or shaking. The compositions were subjected to ultrasound treatment for about 1 h and were stored for at least two days at 37°C before use to ensure that equUibrium had been obtained (e.g. that the stable hquid crystaUine phase has been formed in the total formulation and that equihbrium between the sohd and dissolved substance has taken place). As an alternative to adding the acyclovir to the melted GMO, the acyclovir can be suspended in the hquid phase before combining the liquid phase with the melted GMO.
In those cases where a bioadhesive test is performed, the values given are mean values of the results of 2-4 tests. It should be noted that the values given in the Examples are not corrected for recovery, i.e. the values are minimum values. If a correction for recovery is made the values will become larger. EXAMPLES 1-80
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
EXAMPLE 81
Stability studies of compositions according to the invention
The purpose of the study is to examine the stability of compositions in which a cubic liquid crystalline phase has been generated and wherein structurants like Epikuron 200 and Vitamin E TPGS are included.
The compositions included in the study are left in transparent glass containers in a climate cabinet and the temperature is maintained at 15°C, 25°C or 40°C.
Samples are withdrawn at time t = 1 day after start of the experiment and at time t = 14 days and the samples are examined visually and by microscopy to investigate any change in the appearance of the compositions with respect to homogenicity, lipid precipitations, agglomerates of drug substance, etc. Presence of excess water and/or separation into two or more liquid phases are visual signs of instability and are therefore especially noted.
Each composition investigated is prepared using GMO-90 (with a content of GMO of about 90% w/w) or, alternatively, by using RYLO MG19 (with a content of about 90% GMO). The compositions which are prepared using both qualities of GMO have been marked with a * in the following.
The following studies are performed:
1. GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water
Investigation of the influence of the concentration of vitamin E TPGS on the stability of the cubic liquid crystaUine phase
Composition No. GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water composition 1 55/15/30
2 50/15/35
3 50/20/30
4* 46.4/18.6/35
5 55/15/30 + 5% w/w acyclovir 6 50/15/35 + 5% w/w acyclovir
7 50/20/30 + 5% w/w acyclovir
8* 46.4/18.6/35 4- 5% w/w acyclovir 2. GMO/Epikuron 200/water
Investigation of the influence of the concentration of phophatidylcholine (Epikuron 200 is employed in this study) on the stability of the cubic liquid crystalline phase
Composition No. GMO/Epikuron 200/water composition 9 50/20/30
10* 46.4/18.6/35
11 45/25/30
12 41.8/23.2/35 13(ether method) 40/30/30 14 (ether method) 37.1/27.9/35
15 50/20/30 + 5% w/w acyclovir
16* 46.4/18.6/35 4- 5% w/w acyclovir
17 45/25/30 + 5% w/w acyclovir
18 41.8/23.2/35 + 5% w/w acyclovir 19 (ether method) 40/30/30 + 5% w/w acyclovir
20 (ether method) 37.1/27.9/35 + 5% w/w acyclovir
3. GMO/Epikuron 145 (about 45% phosphatidylcholine)/water
Investigation of the influence of the concentration of phophatidylcholine (Epikuron 145 is employed in this study) on the stability of the cubic liquid crystalline phase
Composition No. GMO/Epikuron 145/water composition
21 46.4/18.6/35
22 46.4/18.6/35 + 5% w/w acyclovir
4. GMO/Epikuron 200/water/Vitamin E TPGS
Investigation of the influence of the concentration of phophatidylcholine (Epikuron 200 is employed in this study) and vitamin E TPGS on the stability of the cubic liquid crystalline phase
Composition No. GMO/Epikuron 200/water/ Vitamin E TPGS composition
23 45/18/27/10 = 50/20/30 + 10% w/w TPGS
24 41.8/16.7/31.5/10 = 46.4/18.6/35 + 10% w/w TPGS
25 42.5/17/25.5/15 = 50/20/30 + 15% w/w TPGS 41.3/16.5/27.2/15 = 48.6/19.4/32 + 15% w/w TPGS * , 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 = 46.4/18.6/35 + 15% w/w TPGS 37.7/15/32.3/15 = 44.3/17.7/38 + 15% w/w TPGS
40/16/24/20 = 50/20/30 4- 20% w/w TPGS * 37.1/14.9/28/20 = 46.4/18.6/35 + 20% w/w TPGS 34.3/13.7/32/20 - 42.9/17.1/40 + 20% w/w TPGS
38.3/21.3/25.5/15 =45/25/30 + 15% w/w TPGS 35.5/19.7/29.8/15 =41.8/23.2/35 + 15% w/w TPGS
36/20/24/20 = 45/25/30 4- 20% w/w TPGS 33.4/18.6/28/20 = 41.8/23.2/35 + 20% w/w TPGS
45/18/27/10 = (50/20/30 + 10% w/w TPGS) + 5% w/w acyclovir 41.8/16.7/31.5/10 = (46.4/18.6/35 + 10% w/w TPGS) +
5% w/w acyclovir
42.5/17/25.5/15 = (50/20/30 + 15% w/w TPGS) + 5% w/w acyclovir 41.3/16.5/27.2/15 = (48.6/19.4/32 + 15% w/w TPGS) +
5% w/w acyclovir * 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 = (46.4/18.6/35 + 15% w/w TPGS) + 5% acyclovir 37.7/15/32.3/15 = (44.3/17.7/38 + 15% TPGS) + 5% w/w acyclovir
40/16/24/20 = (50/20/30 + 20% w/w TPGS) + 5% w/w acyclovir * 37.1/14.9/28/20 = (46.4/18.6/35 + 20% w/w TPGS) + 5% w/w acyclovir 34.3/13.7/32/20 = (42.9/17.1/40 + 20% w/w TPGS) + 5% w/w acyclovir
38.3/21.3/25.5/15 = (45/25/30 + 15% w/w TPGS) + 5% w/w acyclovir 46 35.5/19.7/29.8/15 = (41.8/23.2/35 + 15% w/w TPGS) +
5% w/w acyclovir
47 36/20/24/20 = (45/25/30 + 20% w/w TPGS) + 5% w/w acyclovir 48 33.4/18.6/28/20 = (41.8/23.2/35 + 20% w/w TPGS) + 5% w/w acyclovir
Results: The stability studies showed that all the compositions tested were stable for at least 1 month at 15°C, 25°C and 40°C at a relative humidity according to the accepted guidelines. In polarized light it was observed that a cubic liquid crystalline phase was still present in all compositions tested.
5. GMO/Epikuron 145/water/Vitamin E TPGS (% w/w)
Investigation of the influence of the concentration of lecithin (Epikuron 145 is employed in this study) and vitamin E TPGS on the stability of the cubic liquid crystalline phase Composition No. GMO/Epikuron 145/water/Vitamin E TPGS composition
49 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 = 46.4/18.6/35 + 15% w/w TPGS 50 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 = (46.4/18.6/35 + 15% w/w TPGS) +
5% w/w acyclovir
51 37.1/14.9/28/20 = 46.4/18.6/35 + 20% w/w TPGS
52 37.1/14.9/28/20 = (46.4/18.6/35 + 20% w/w TPGS) + 5% w/w acyclovir
6. Stability at 25°C and 60% relative humidity
In the following stability tests, the liquid crystalline phase was investigated by means of polarised light at 22°C. The compositions investigated was prepared by dissolving Epikuron 200 in melted GMO/Vitamin E TPGS (max. 60°C).
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
Stability of various GMO/PC/TPGS/water formulations added 5% w/w acyclovir (AC) at 25°C/60%RH.
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
7. Stability at 40°C and 75% relative humidity
In the following stability tests, the liquid crystalline phase was investigated by means of polarised light at 22 °C. The compositions investigated was prepared by dissolving Epikuron 200 in melted GMO/Vitamin E TPGS (max. 60°C).
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
GMO/PC/TPGS/Water formulations containing 5% w/w % acyclovir
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
8. Stability at 15°C (cooling cabinet)
Method: polarized hght at 22°C
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
GMO/PC/TPGS/Water formulations containing 5% w/w % acyclovir 15°C cooling cabinet
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
*uniform crystal distribution is observed in the cubic phase
EXAMPLE 82
Investigation of the solubility of acyclovir in compositions according to the invention
The purpose with the study is to investigate whether the presence of structurants hke phosphatidylcholine and Vitamin E TPGS has any influence on the solubihty of acyclovir in the liquid crystalline phase.
The compositions are treated for 1 hours in an ultrasonic bath and stored at 37°C for at least 2 days before each composition is subjected to polarized light to see whether acyclovir crystals are present in the cubic phase. If crystals are observed then the solubility is judged to be less than 2 mg/g or 5 mg/g.
The solubihty of acyclovir at room temperature (22°C) is 0.5-1 mg/g.
The following compositions are tested:
1. 46.4/18.6/35 (GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water) % w/w + 0.5% w/w acyclovir
2. 46.4/18.6/35 (GMO/Epikuron 200/water) % w/w + 0.5% w/w acyclovir
3. 34.3/13.7/32/20 (GMO/Epikuron 200/water/TPGS) % w/w + 0.5% w/w acyclovir 4. 46.4/18.6/35 (GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water) % w/w + 0.2% w/w acyclovir
5. 46.4/18.6/35 (GMO/Epikuron 200/water) % w/w + 0.2% w/w acyclovir
6. 34.3/13.7/32/20 (GMO/Epikuron 200/water/TPGS) % w/w + 0.2% w/w acyclovir
The solubihty of all the compositions is found to be less than 0.2% as acyclovir crystals are observed in the microscope. The results indicate that the lecithin and the TPGS do not increase the solubility of acyclovir compared with a GMO/water cubic phase.
EXAMPLE 83
A. Investigation of whether phosphatidylcholin together with Vitamin E TPGS form a cubic liquid crystalline phase
The following compositions are studied:
1. Epikuron 200/Vitamin E TPGS/water (% w/w)
1. 10/60/30 2. 20/50/30
3. 30/40/30
4. 40/30/30
5. 50/20/30
2. Epikuron 145/Vitamin E TPGS/water (% w/w)
6. 10/60/30
7. 20/50/30
8. 30/40/30
9. 40/30/30 10. 50/20/30
The compositions are prepared as described above (Epikuron 145 is dispersed/dissolved in Vitamin E TPGS at 60°C for up to 3 days). The compositions are inspected in polarized light as described under the heading "Methods".
The results show that no cubic phase has been formed in any of the compositions investigated.
B. Investigation of the bioadhesiveness of phosphatidylcholine/Vitamin E TPGS based compositions
The compositions described above under heading "A" are subjected to a test for bioadhesion employing test system No. 3 - washing off ability from the skin described under the heading "Methods". The results are that at least some of the compositions are bioadhesive.
EXAMPLE 84
Phase transitions of GMO 84 or GMO 90 containing compositions
A. Compositions without any drug substance
A composition of GMO 84/water 85/15% w/w is tested employing the DSC method described under the heading "Methods" above. The results are given in Fig. 4. DSC experiments give information about at which temperature a phase conversion takes place. DSC measurements alone give no information of the particular phases involved (e.g. lamellar, cubic hexagonal etc.). However, if the DSC results as in the present case are compared with e.g. results from observation of the compositions in polarized light (see above under the heading "Methods") information on the crystalhne phases as well as the transition temperature is obtained, _
For the composition investigated, the results from the DSC and polarized hght measurement show that the lamellar phase is present at room temperature and the lameUar phase is changed to the cubic phase when the temperature increases (Fig. 4). The transition temperature is about 37°C.
Compositions containing GMO 90 and Vitamin E TPGS and/or Epikuron 200 as structurants are subjected to X-ray diffraction measurements (as described under the heading "Methods") in a temperature scan at 20-80°C. The aim of the study is to investigate the influence structurants like Vitamin E TPGS and/or phosphatidylcholin have on the phase behaviour of GMO/water based composition. Furthermore, the aim of the study is also to obtain an indication of whether the structurants participate in the cubic structure formed due to the GMO/water content in the compositions or whether the function of the structurants more are like diluents, i.e. they do not in themselves participate in the formation of the cubic structure but may merely just be incorporated in the composition and the cubic structure is more or less alone based on the GMO/water content.
The compositions are:
1. GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water (50/20/30 % w/w)
2. GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water (50/15/35 % w/w) 3. GMO/Epikuron 200/water/Vitamin E TPGS (39.4/15.8/29.8/15 % w/w)
In the following results from the compositions 1-3 mentioned above at 37°C are given for illustrative purposes:
d-Spacings: comp. 1 ratio comp. 3 ratio and 2
Lipid phase 65.6A 1 75.2A 1
58.1 A 0.88 60.5A 0.80
36.3A 0.55 36.7A 0.48
The results show that the compositions 1-3 are cubic at 37°C and give an indication of that Vitamin E TPGS and/or Epikuron 200 participate in the cubic structure, i.e. the cubic liquid crystalhne phase formed is based on the GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water or GMO/Epikuron 200/water/Vitamin E TPGS compositions and not on the GMO/water content alone. These indications are supported by the observation that rather high concentrations (above 10% by weight) of Vitamin E TPGS and/or lecithin (both are soluble in GMO) can be incorporated in the GMO without any or any substantial deterioration or the cubic lattice structure. This is in contrast to what is generally observed, namely that if the lattice structure should not be substantially disturbed by the presence of an auxiliary substance, the auxiliary substances in general only can be incorporated into the GMO cubic lattice structure in a relatively low concentration. If Vitamin E TPGS and/or lecithin do not participate in the cubic lattice structure then an excess of water would have been expected, i.e. a phase separation of the composition into at least two distinct liquid phases would have been observed and no such observation is made.
The compositions Nos. 1-3 above are also subjected to DSC experiments. No peaks is observed (see Figs. 5-7) indicating that the cubic phase do not transform to another liquid crystalline phase in the temperature range investigated (20-70°C). These results are in consistency with the results obtained from the X-ray measurements given above.
B. Compositions containing acyclovir
DSC experiments as described above were also performed on compositions containing GMO/water 65/35% w/w with 5% w/w acyclovir (crystalhne and micronized, respectively). The samples were stored at 5°C for two days to ensure equihbration of the sample. The lipids in the sample solidified at this temperature. The DSC was run at 5-70°C. The thermograms obtained showed only a clear melting peak at about 16-17 °C for both the reference sample (GMO/water 65/35% w/w) and the samples containing 5% w/w acyclovir. The solidified sample transfers to the cubic phase (reversible process). No phase transition of the cubic phase seemed to have taken place. The results are in well agreement with the results obtained by use of X-ray diffraction measurement described in the following.
Compositions containing GMO/water 65/35% w/w and GMO/water 65/35% w/w with acyclovir (crystalline and micronized, respectively) added in concentrations 2.5, 5.0 and 10% w/w were subjected to X-ray diffraction measurements (as described under the heading "Methods") in a temperature scan at 20-70°C. The aim of the study was to examine if the cubic phase of
GMO/water 65/35% w/w is changed when acyclovir is added. In the following results from the compositions mentioned above at 37°C are given for illustrative purposes: d-Spacings: crystalhne micronized ratio Lipid phase 61.7A 61.7A 1
50.5A 50.5A 0.81
36.3A 36.3A 0.58
29.7A 29.7A 0.48
Acyclovir 12.9A - -
8.44A - -
3.74A 3.74A -
3.42A 3.42A _
The results show that the compositions are cubic at 37°C.
The results obtained for ah the tested compositions in the temperature range 20-70°C show that all the tested compositions are cubic in the temperature interval 20-70°C. The diffraction lines from acyclovir do not interfere with the hnes from the cubic phase. In conclusion, the results indicate that acyclovir both in its crystalline and micronized form is inert in the cubic phase (probably because acyclovir has a low solubihty in the cubic phase). Thus, no influence of acyclovir on the phase behaviour has been observed in the concentration range investigated and the cubic phase containing acyclovir is rather stable against temperature fluctuations.
Moreover, compositions containing GMO 90 and Vitamin E TPGS and/or Epikuron 200 as structurants and 5% w/w acyclovir (crystalhne) are also subjected to X-ray diffraction measurements (as described under the heading "Methods") in a temperature scan at 20-80°C.
The aim of the study is to investigate the influence of acyclovir on the phase behaviour of compositions wherein phosphatidylchohne and/or Vitamin E TPGS are added as structurants.
Acyclovir is added to the compositions denoted No. 2 and 3 above under the heading "A. Compositions without any drug substance", i.e. 5% w/w acyclovir is added to GMO/Vitamin E
TPGS/water (50/15/35 % w/w), composition No. 2A, and to GMO/Epikuron 200/water/Vitamin
E TPGS (46.4/18.6/35 % w/w), composition No. 3A.
In the following results from the compositions 2A and 3A mentioned above at 37°C are given:
d-Spacings: comp. 2A ratio comp. 3A ratio
Lipid phase 67.0A 1 85.6A 1 58.1 A 0.86 64.2A 0.75
35.0A 0.53 37.6A - 0.43
The results show that the compositions 2A and 3A are cubic at 37°C. Thus, acyclovir in a concentration of 5% w/w does not seem to result in a change in the phase behaviour and the cubic phase seems to be rather stable within the temperature ranges investigated. These results are supported by results from DSC experiments where no peaks is observed (see Figs. 8-9) indicating that the cubic phase do not transform to another liquid crystalline phase in the temperature range investigated (20-70°C).
Furthermore, compositions containing GMO/water 65/35% w/w with acyclovir (crystalline and micronized, respectively) added in a concentration of 1-40% were tested in polarized hght at 22°C and 37°C, respectively, as described above under the heading "Methods". The results show the presence of cubic phases in all compositions indicating that acyclovir probably is inert in the cubic phase.
EXAMPLE 85
Investigation of the bioadhesiveness of compositions according to the invention
The following compositions (with or without 5% crystalhne acyclovir) are tested in the washing off ability test system for bioadhesiveness described under the heading "Methods".
1. GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water (50/20/30 % w/w)
2. GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water (50/15/35 % w/w) 3. GMO/Epikuron 200/water/Vitamin E TPGS (39.4/15.8/29.8/15 % w/w)
4. GMO/Epikuron 200/water (55/15/30 % w/w)
5. GMO/Lipoid S75/water/Vitamin E TPGS (39.4/15.8/29.8/15 % w/w)*
6. GMO/Lipoid S75/water/Vitamin E TPGS (33.4/18.6/28/20 % w/w)*
7. GMO/Lipoid S75/water/Vitamin E TPGS (40/10/30/15 % w/w)* was added 0.1% w/w α -tocopherol as an antioxidant
All 14 compositions are bioadhesive and scores of about 4-5 are obtained. EXAMPLE 86
Investigation of the dissolution/release of acyclovir from various compositions according to the invention
The dissolution rate of acyclovir in various GMO compositions is determined using Franz diffusion cells as described under the heading "Methods".
A series of GMO compositions containing Epikuron 200 (phosphatidylcholin) and/or Vitamin E TPGS and acyclovir are prepared as described above, and they are subjected to the above dissolution/release rate determination. All compositions were suspensions of acyclovir, that is, they contain acyclovir which has not dissolved. The solubihty of acyclovir in the compositions investigated is less than 0.2% w/w according to the solubility experiments performed.
The following compositions are investigated:
Composition No. composition
1 67/33 (GMO/water) % w/w + 5% w/w acyclovir
2 46.4/18.6/35 (GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water) + 5% w/w acyclovir
3 46.4/18.6/35 (GMO/Epikuron 200/water) % w/w + 5% w/w acyclovir
4 34.3/13.7/32/20 (GMO/Epikuron 200/water/TPGS) % w/w +
5% w/w acyclovir 5 70/10/10/10 (GMO/Epikuron 200/TPGS/water) % w/w + 5% w/w acyclovir 6 GMO/oleic acid/water/acyclovir (33/5/27/5) % w/w
The release profiles for composition Nos. 1-4 are shown in Figs. 10 and 11 and the following slopes (Higuchi plots) are found:
Composition No. slope (α)
1 1107
2 1616
3 1407
4 1254 The results show that the release of acyclovir from composition No. 4 containing Epikuron 200 as well as Vitamin E TPGS and only about 34% by weight of GMO is almost of the same- order of magnitude as the release from composition No. 1 without any content of structurant and with a concentration of GMO of about 65% by weight.
With respect to compositions Nos. 5-6, the hquid crystalhne phase present in composition No. 5 is the lamellar liquid crystalhne phase. The composition is in the form of a precursor composition and a phase conversion to the cubic liquid crystalline phase takes place during the testing. The release rate of acyclovir (cf. Fig. 11 A) is of the same order of magnitude as the reference cubic liquid crystaUine phase-containing composition (GMO/water) and thus, confirms that the cubic liquid crystaUine phase is formed during the test. Furthermore, at the end of the experiment a tested sample was investigated by polarised light and a cubic liquid crystalhne phase was observed.
Composition No. 6 contains oleic acid as an enhancer. The liquid crystalhne phase present in the composition is the reverse hexagonal crystaUine phase. The release rate of acyclovir (see Fig. 11A) is of the same order of magnitude as the reference cubic liquid crystalline phase-containing composition (GMO/water) and thus, indicates that the cubic hquid crystaUine phase is formed early during the test. It is most likely that oleic acid is rapidly released and then the conditions present in the composition favours a formation of the cubic hquid crystaUine phase. Furthermore, at the end of the experiment a tested sample was investigated by polarised light and a cubic hquid crystaUine phase was observed. Also, after 1 hour of testing a sample was withdrawn and the cubic hquid crystaUine phase was observed.
In conclusion, it has been shown that i) the rate limiting step in the dissolution process is diffusion of acyclovir molecules, ii) a precursor composition is capable of generating a cubic liquid crystaUine phase, and iii) a phase conversion may take place after apphcation of a composition.
EXAMPLE 87
Compositions containing antiviral substances
In the following table is listed a number of interesting compositions. The compositions are prepared as described above. 5% w/w of an antiviral substance is added to all the compositions listed in the table below. Vehicle Composition % w/w
GMO/TPGS/water 45/50/35 + 5% acyclovir GMO/TPGS/water 45/50/35 + 5% peniciclovir GMO/TPGS/water 45/50/35 + 5% famiciclovir GMO/TPGS/water 45/50/35 + 5% ganciclovir GMO/TPGS/water 45/50/35 + 5% valaciclovir GMO/TPGS/water 45/50/35 + 5% cidofovir GMO/TPGS/water 45/50/35 + 5% lobucavir GMO/TPGS/water 45/50/35 + 5% sorivudine GMO/TPGS/water 45/50/35 + 5% didanosine
GMO/Epikuron 200/water 50/20/30 + 5% acyclovir GMO/Epikuron 200/water 50/20/30 + 5% peniciclovir GMO/Epikuron 200/water 50/20/30 + 5% famiciclovir GMO/Epikuron 200/water 50/20/30 + 5% ganciclovir GMO/Epikuron 200/water 50/20/30 + 5% valaciclovir GMO/Epikuron 200/water 50/20/30 + 5% cidofovir GMO/Epikuron 200/water 50/20/30 + 5% lobucavir GMO/Epikuron 200/water 50/20/30 + 5% sorivudine GMO/Epikuron 200/water 50/20/30 + 5% didanosine GMO/Epikuron 200/water/TPGS 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 + 5% acyclovir GMO/Epikuron 200/water/TPGS 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 + 5% peniciclovir GMO/Epikuron 200/water/TPGS 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 + 5% famiciclovir GMO/Epikuron 200/water/TPGS 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 + 5% ganciclovir GMO/Epikuron 200/water/TPGS 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 + 5% valaciclovir GMO/Epikuron 200/water/TPGS 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 + 5% cidofovir GMO/Epikuron 200/water/TPGS 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 + 5% lobucavir GMO/Epikuron 200/water/TPGS 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 + 5% sorivudine GMO/Epikuron 200/water/TPGS 39.4/15.8/29.8/15 + 5% didanosine
In the following is listed a number of suitable precursor compositions containing 5% by weight of acyclovir.
GMO/Epikuron 200/TPGS/paraffin oil + 5% w/w acyclovir:
70/10/10/10
65/15/15/5
73/10/15/2 GMO/Epikuron 200/TPGS/paraffin oil/water + 5% w/w acyclovir:
69/10/10/10/1
64/15/15/5/1
72/10/15/2/1
GMO/Epikuron 200/TPGS/sorbitan ester + 5% w/w acyclovir: 70/10/10/10 65/15/15/5 73/10/15/2
GMO/Epikuron 200/TPGS/sorbitan ester/water + 5% w/w acyclovir: 69/10/10/10/1 64/15/15/5/1 72/10/15/2/1
GMO/Epikuron 200/TPGS/lanolin/water + 5% w/w acyclovir: 69/10/10/10/1 64/15/15/5/1 72/10/15/2/1
GMO/Epikuron 200/TPGS/water + 5% w/w acyclovir: 70/10/10/10 70/12/16/2 71/12/16/1
GMO/Epikuron 200/TPGS/sesame oU/water + 5% w/w acyclovir:
76/10/10/2/2
78/10/10/1/1
68/15/15/1/1
GMO/Epikuron 200/TPGS/sunflower oil/water + 5% w/w acyclovir: 76/10/10/2/2 78/10/10/1/1 68/15/15/1/1
Comments to the precursor compositions: Oil (e.g. olive oil, ricinus oil etc.) or another substance which decreases the melting point of the lipid formulations may be added to obtain a cream or an ointment at room temperature. After apphcation on the skin or mucosa, the compositions are able to absorb e.g. sweat or exudate from a wound and a liquid crystalline phase like e.g. the cubic liquid crystalhne phase is formed.
Alternatively, a hquid crystal phase inhibitor may be added and exert its function in the solid state (e.g. sugar alcohols hke trehalose, or PVP).
Addition of water in small amounts (corresponding to a concentration of 0.1-5% by weight) may reduce the viscosity and hinder crystallization of the lipids.
Other compositions are also relevant, i.e. compositions having other active substances or having a drug concentration of about 1-20% w/w and compositions having a composition of the vehicle as given in Example 1-80 above.
EXAMPLE 88
pH-solubility profile for acyclovir
Experimental
To a 100 ml Erlenmeyer flask were added 50 ml buffer solution and 250 mg acyclovir.
The buffers with pH 3.6, 4.2 and 5.3 were prepared using monobasic sodium phosphate and dibasic sodium phosphate (pH adjustment with phosphoric acid). The buffers in the pH range 6.0 to 9.6 were prepared using monobasic potassium phosphate (pH adjustment with sodium hydroxide). The molarity of the phosphate salts was 0.05M; the pH of the medium was measured with a pH-meter.
Each mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 24 hours, and after equihbrium to room temperature, the sample was passed through a membrane filter. The solution was diluted to appropriate volume and the amount of acyclovir dissolved was determined by HPLC.
The solubihty of acyclovir as a function of pH is given in the table below and in Fig. 3. From the results, it is seen that the minimum solubility of acyclovir is at a pH in a range of from about 4 to about 6. Acyclovir/Solubility at different pH
pH (buffer) Acyclovir, mg/ml
3.6 1.9
4.2 1.8 5.3 1.8
6.0 1.8
6.6 1.9
7.6 1.9
8.5 2.2 8.8 2.5
9.0 2.5
9.2 2.9
9.6 3.5
EXAMPLE 89
Investigation of the influence of different active substances on the liquid crystalline phase
Miconazole is an example of an active substance which is insoluble in water but has a solubility of more than 2% w/w in the hquid crystaUine phase. However, the release of miconazole is very slowly from the cubic phase. The table given below shows the solubihty of and the crystaUine phase obtained for miconazole in a GMO/water 70/30% w/w vehicle.
Miconazole (% w/w) Solubihty Liquid crystaUine phase
1 soluble cubic 2 soluble cubic 3 soluble cubic 4 soluble cubic 5 soluble cubic 6 crystals lamellar
For miconazole (as well as for some other substances which are soluble in the cubic liquid crystalline phase in certain concentrations) experiments have shown that the bioadhesiveness of compositions containing the substances varies with the concentration of the substance. In the table below results are given from testing various miconazole compositions in a GMO/ethanol 60/40% w/w vehicle or in a GML/ethanol 60/40% w/w vehicle, respectively, for bioadhesiveness employing Test system No. 1.
Concentration of Bioadhesion* miconazol (% w/w) (residual amount %)
GMO-based GML-based
0 85 95
2
3
4 72 86
5 41
6 72
8 33
10
15
25
In the tests runs the following test conditions were employed: initial rinsing period: 5 min, initial rinsing flow: 10 ml/min, angle: -21°, flow rate: 10 ml/min, flow period: 30 min
From the results given above for the GMO-based composition it is seen that there is a dramatic fall in bioadhesiveness when the concentration of miconazole exceeds 6% w/w, i.e. when the liquid crystaUine phase changes from the cubic phase to the lameUar phase and when miconazole in the hquid crystaUine phase is present as crystals, i.e. when the concentration exceeds the solubihty of miconazole.
The results support the results of other experiments performed by the inventors, namely that there is a close correlation between the presence of a cubic phase and occurrence of a high degree of bioadhesiveness. The other experiments performed by the inventors involved apphcation of GMO, GMO/ethanol mixtures, GML on Test system No. 1 for bioadhesiveness. It was found that the samples apphed in contact with the mucosa and washing medium all had converted into the cubic phase and that the samples were bioadhesive. The same applies for compositions containing indomethacin (5% w/w) in a GMO/ethanol 60/40% w/w vehicle and other bioadhesive compositions containing an active substance. - -
From the results given above in the table it is seen that when the concentration of miconazol exceeds a certain level, the bioadhesion is severely impaired. This indicates that when the concentration of the active substance in the cubic phase exceeds a certain level, the cubic phase structure is disturbed, or another liquid crystalhne phase may perhaps have been formed (the active substance and/or any excipients may alter the phase diagram).
In the case of acyclovir, however, this reduction in bioadhesiveness with increased content of acyclovir, beyond the saturation point, does not seem to influence the cubic phase and does not seem to impair the bioadhesiveness (tested by means of Test system No. 3). Experiments showing this were performed with acyclovir ointment compositions, prepared with GMO 90, with concentrations of crystalhne acyclovir of 2%, 5%, 10%, 20% and 30% by weight, respectively. These compositions were found to be highly bioadhesive, indicating that with substances having a very low solubihty in the hquid crystalhne phase, the liquid crystalhne phase remains less disturbed by the presence of particles of the active substance and retains its bioadhesive properties.
EXAMPLE 90
Investigation of the influence of different excipients or solvents on the bioadhesiveness of GMO or GML based compositions
The influence of various excipients and solvents was investigated. The various compositions were prepared as described above and the bioadhesiveness was tested using the test system No. 1. The foUowing results were obtained:
Composition % w/w Bioadhesion Residual amount %
GMOa 90
GMLa 65*
GMO/GMLa 40/60*** 56*
Mixtures with solvents:
GMO/water 85/15b 94 GML/ethanol 60/40 95**
GMO/ethanol/propylene glycol/water: - -
45/30/10/15 93
Mixtures with solubihzing agents or preservatives:
GMO/ethanol/benzyl alcohol:
60/30/10 87**
GMO/ethanol/benzyl alcohol/water:
60/20/5/15 80 50/20/10/20 89
Mixtures with release modulating agents:
GMO/ethanol/glycerol:
50/30/20 97 GMO/ethanol/sesame oU:
59/40/1 96
58/40/2 93
50/40/10 14
50/30/20 0** GMO/ethanol/soybean oil:
59/40/1 98
58/40/2 93
50/40/10 22
40/20/40 0** GMO/ethanol/lecithin:
55/40/5 99
45/40/15 97
a melted gently before apphcation lamellar phase
* lower results than expected; probably due to the reference values used in the analysis of the mixture ** test conditions: angle: -21°; initial rinsing period: 5 min; initial rinsing flow: 10 ml/min; flow rate: 10 ml/min; flow period: 30 min. *** the GMO/GML mixture corresponds to about equal amounts of glycerol monooleate and glycerol monolinoleate The results given above show that addition of relevant excipients or solvents such as, e.g., agents which are known solubijizers for active substances or agents which are known as release - modulating agents (i.e. agents which when added make it possible to adjust or control the release of the active substance from a composition) do not significantly influence the bioadhesiveness of the composition when the agents (excipients or solvents) are added in relatively low concentrations (less than about 10% w/w). Thus, the release of an active substance from a composition which has proved to possess bioadhesive properties can be controlled at least to a hmited extent by adjusting the amount of a release modulating agent such as, e.g., glycerol, sesame oU, soybean oil, sunflower oil, lecithin, cholesterol, etc. A modulating agent may influence the pore size of the water channels in the cubic phase and/or alter the partition coeffient of the active substance between the lipid domains and the aqueous phase at least to a hmited extent. Furthermore, if necessary, solubUisation of an active substance or a fatty acid ester for use in a bioadhesive composition can be effected by use of e.g. benzyl alcohol without significantly influencing the bioadhesive properties of the composition. In conclusion, the bioadhesive principles described herein have a high potential with respect to developing bioadhesive drug compositions having such a drug localization, such a drug release profile, and such a drug duration which are desirable or necessary under the given circumstances. Thus, the present inventors have found an advantageous bioadhesive drug dehvery system.
EXAMPLE 91
Investigation of the presence of an active substance in a liquid crystalline phase of glycerol monooleate
The methodology described herein is a methodology which is generally useful for investigating whether mixing or dissolving of an active substance in a vehicle capable of forming a hquid crystaUine phase also leads to incorporation of the active substance in the liquid crystalhne phase. While miconazol and lidocain hydrochlorides have been used as model substances in the description of the experiments, the same measures as described herein can be used for substances which have a very low solubUity in both water and ethanol such as, e.g., acyclovir.
Furthermore, the study was performed in order to examine the recovery of the samples applied.
A lipophUic (miconazol) and a hydrophilic active substance (lidocain hydrochloride), respectively, were apphed on the rabbit jejunum test model for bioadhesiveness (test system No. 1). A vehicle of GMO 84/ethanol 60/40% w/w incorporating 2% w/w of either miconazol or lidocain hydrochloride was employed. The GMO 84/ethanol vehicle is bioadhesive in itself. After a flow period of 10 sec (corresponding to t=0), and a flow period of 30 minutes (corresponding to the end of the experiment) the samples applied were removed from the mucosa and the cubie phase was quantitatively examined by HPLC for the content of active substance. As seen from the table below almost all miconazole was found after 10 sec and 30 minutes. These results indicate that the lipophilic miconazole is incorporated in the cubic phase formed and the result at 30 minutes indicates that the drug is very slowly released from the cubic phase. This is consistent with release experiments of miconazole delivered from a cubic phase into a 0.05 M phosphate buffer solution, pH 6.5 (37°C). Miconazole seems to prefer the lipophUic part of the cubic phase. The results are given in the following table; results for an acyclovir composition are also given.
Composition Flow period Recovery of active substance % mean of two determinations
GMO 84/ethanol/miconazol:
58.8/39.2/2 10 sec 85
30 min 93
GMO 84/ethanol/lidocain HCI:
58.8/39.2/2 10 sec 37
30 min
GMO 90/acyclovir 95/5 10 sec 87 30 min 65
In the experiment with lidocaine hydrochloride, barely half the content of the drug was recovered after a flow period of 10 sec and only a neghgible amount after 30 minutes. Because of its high water solubihty (about 0.7 g/ml at 25°C), the greater part of the lidocaine hydrochloride is probably dissolved and washed away in the buffer solution during the prehydration time (10 min) and only some is incorporated in the cubic phase formed. Most of the incorporated drug had been released at the end of the experiment. Other studies have shown that lidocaine hydrochloride is released rather quickly from the cubic phase probably through the water channels contained in the cubic phase. Results for acyclovir, which is poorly soluble in both water and the cubic phase, given in the table clearly demonstrate that acyclovir is enclosed in the cubic liquid crystalline phase formed and some of it may have been released during the experiment.
In conclusion, the experiments reported above indicate that formulations in which GMO and an active substance are dissolved in ethanol or the active substance suspended in GMO 90, serve as a precursor for the formation of a cubic phase formed in situ, and that the active substance is incorporated in the cubic phase formed.
EXAMPLE 92
Dissolution/release rate of a bioadhesive composition containing acyclovir
The dissolution rate of acyclovir in various GMO compositions was determined using Franz diffusion ceUs as described under the heading "Methods".
A series of GMO compositions containing acyclovir were prepared as described above, and they were subjected to the above dissolution rate determination. AU compositions were suspensions of acyclovir, that is, they contain acyclovir which was not dissolved. The solubUity of acyclovir in the compositions investigated was less than 0.1% w/w (0.05% w/w<the solubihty of acyclovir < 0.1% w/w).
The results appear from Figures 12-18. The results indicate that the release of acyclovir from a GMO based vehicle is dependent on the concentration of acyclovir in the composition, provided that the release takes place from a cubic phase system. Furthermore, the results indicate the capability of a GMO-based vehicle to function as a very effective drug delivery system.
Figs. 12-14 show the release of acyclovir (1-5% micronized) from a cubic phase (GMO/water 65/35% w/w) and Zovir® cream, respectively, into isotonic 0.05 M phosphate buffer solution, pH 6.5 (37°C). As appears from the graph of Fig. 12 showing the cumulative release of acyclovir, the release of acyclovir increases with increasing concentration of acyclovir over the range investigated. There is not proportionality between the rate of release and the concentration; this appears from the fact that the graphs of % released (Fig. 13) do not coincide and the slope of the Higuchi plots (Fig. 14); the release is dependent on the concentration. However, at a concentration of 3-5% w/w acyclovir, no significant difference in release rates was found.
It is justified to refer to rate constant herein as the release of acyclovir from the liquid crystaUine formulations according to the invention which can be described by means of the so- called Higuchi equation (Higuchi, T., Rate of release of medicaments from ointment base containing drug in suspension. J. Pharm. Sci., 50 (1961) 874-875): on linear regression; the cumulative amount of acyclovir released plotted versus the square root of time results in a straight line with the slope k (rate constant μg/h'^). This appears from Fig. 14 which shows the plots for a number of compositions containing acyclovir in concentrations from 0.99% by weight to 4.76% by weight in comparison with Zovir® cream containing 5% by weight of acyclovir. The slopes of the graphs in Fig. 14 are as follows:
Zovir® cream, 5%: 155
Acyclovir 0.99% w/w: 410 Acyclovir 1.96% w/w: 587
Acyclovir 2.91% w/w: 717
Acyclovir 3.85% w/w: 773
Acyclovir 4.76% w/w: 1016
The higher the acyclovir concentration is, the smaller the percentage of acyclovir released. Acyclovir must first be dissolved before it is released from the cubic phase, probably through the water channels. Comparing the release profiles for 1% micronised and crystaUine acyclovir, respectively, gives identical release profiles and indicates that the rate limiting step is diffusion of dissolved acyclovir rather than dissolution of the suspended acyclovir. In spite of this, and in spite of the low solubihty of acyclovir both in water and in the cubic phase, the release of acyclovir from the composition according to the invention is dramaticaUy increased compared to the Zovir® cream. Thus, a comparison of the rate constant for acyclovir (5%) released from Zovir® cream and GMO/water 65/35% w/w shows that the rate constant is about 6 times larger for the latter (Fig. 14).
With a view to testing if the rate of release can be improved by means of micronized acyclovir, as opposed to crystaUinic acyclovir, the release from various compositions was examined. Figures 15, 16 and 17 show an identical release pattern for crystalhne and micronized acyclovir, respectively, from a formulation consisting of GMO/water 65/35% w/w + 1% acyclovir. On the other hand it appears that the release rate of crystalline acyclovir is slightly improved from a composition containing lecithin (GMO/water/lecithin 55/35/10% w/w + 1% acyclovir) compared to the same composition containing micronized acyclovir (Figs. 15-16). However, no significant difference is found. By comparing the release profiles for compositions consisting of GMO/water 65/35% w/w containing 5% crystalline and 5% micronized acyclovir, respectively (Fig. 17), it seems that the release rate has increased somewhat with the micronized quality. On the other hand other studies have indicated that the release rate of acyclovir from a composition consisting of GMO/water/glycerol % w/w + 5% acyclovir is identical for the crystallinic and the micronized quahty. Whether the release is improved by application of a micronized quality as opposed to a crystalline quality depends on the composition of the cubic phase. However, more experiments have to be carried out to exclude that the differences observed arise from experimental variation. The results from the release experiments with micronized and crystalhne acyclovir, respectively, indicate that the rate limiting step is diffusion of dissolved acyclovir and not dissolution of suspended acyclovir.
The micronized quality increases the viscosity of the cubic phase more that the crystalline phase. This condition alone favours the use of the crystalhne quahty in a potential product so that product of suitable and not too high viscosity can be obtained. Furthermore, the use of the crystalline form is favourable from a stability point of view.
The release of acyclovir from various GMO compositions containing 1% w/w and 5% micronized acyclovir, respectively, containing release modulating or solubihsing compounds was examined and compared with the release from a cubic phase consisting of 65 parts of GMO and 35 parts of water (Figs. 16-17). AU the compositions except the compositions containing sesame oil and the composition containing GMO/glycerol 65/35 % w/w were the cubic phase, as evidenced in polarised hght. As can be seen from the release profiles in Fig. 18 for the compositions containing 1% acyclovir, the profile of GMO/water 65/35 % w/w (reference) has a shape simUar to the others with the exception of the profiles for the compositions containing sesame oU. In the latter case the release rate is drastically reduced, which could mean that the compositions consist of the reversed hexagonal phase, but this has not been confirmed. It should be noted that the composition consisting of 65 parts of GMO and 35 parts of glycerol, have the same release profile as the reference composition, although both the visual and the polarized hght do not indicate that they consist of the cubic phase. It is possible however, that the cubic phase is created on the surface of the formulation during the release experiment, through its contact with the dissolution medium (37°C). Addition of the release modulating substances glycerol and lecithin flecithin is as described above also a structurant) to the cubic phase has not significantly changed the release of acyclovir in the concentrations examined. Neither does the TPGS seem to have increased the dissolution of acyclovir in the cubic phase nor changed the partition coefficient between the cubic phase and the release medium, as the release profile is identical with the profile of the reference composition. Fig. 11 shows the release profiles of composition containing 5% acyclovir. The release profiles for the compositions containing glycerol and lecithin are identical while the release profile of the reference composition is somewhat smaller. This indicates that the release of acyclovir is slightly increased from the compositions added release modulation agents, however, the improvement is modest and the difference observed is not significant. The tests indicate that it is difficult to change the release of acyclovir significantly. There are hmited possibilities for changing the release if the cubic structure is to be preserved. EXAMPLE 93
Investigation of the influence of various pharmaceutically acceptable excipients i) on the formation of a cubic liquid crystalline phase and ii) on the bioadhesiveness of GMO-containing compositions
In the table below is given the various compositions tested and the results of the tests employed.
Composition Phase condition Bioadhesion (polarized light, (washing-off 22°C) ability)
GMO/lactose/water 50/20/30 % w/w cubic, undiss. + (score 4)
GMO/HPC/water (hydroxypropyl- cellulose is dissolved in water) 50/20/30 % w/w
GMO/HPC/water (hydroxypropyl- ceUulose is dissolved in GMO) 50/20/30 % w/w
GMO/sorbitan ester/water 50/20/30 % w/w cubic
GMO/polyethylene glycol 200/water 50/20/30 % w/w non-cubic + (score 4)
GMO/propylene glycol/water 50/20/30 % w/w non-cubic not bioadhesive
GMO/paraffin oil/water 50/20/30 % w/w non-cubic not bioadhesive
GMO/lanohn/water 50/20/30 % w/w not bioadhesive EXAMPLE 94
Phase diagram for GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water systems
Initial investigation of the phase diagram for GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water systems at room temperature shows the following:
Composition of GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water Phase
(% w/w)
60/10/30 cubic 45/20/35 cubic 46.4/18.6/35 cubic 50/15/35 cubic 55/15/30 cubic 50/20/30 cubic 41.8/23.2/35 45/25/30 40/30/30 non-cubic 30/40/30 non-cubic 20/50/30 non-cubic
The results are shown in Fig. 19.
EXAMPLE 95
Case stories on treatment of cold sores - prechnical study in humans
A composition of GMO/water 65/35% w/w with 5% w/w acyclovir has been used for the treatment of cold sores in humans.
Treatment was started with a maximum of 24 hours delay from start of symptoms. In one case, treatment with Zovirax® cream was tried for 4.5 days before switch to GMO acyclovir cream. GMO acyclovir cream was apphed 3 times daily (range 2-4) for 2.5 days (range 1.5-4).
The results of the study are given in the Table below.
Figure imgf000124_0001
In 7 of 8 treatments symptoms ceased or improved very much. In one case, ulceration occurred and treatment was stopped. Healing was only reported in one case, probably because the - treatment prevented the typical ulceration of a cold sore.
Side effects were noted by 2 to 7 persons. One of these persons received two treatments and in both cases, treatment was stopped due to side effects. The side effects reported were ulceration, transient erythema and dry skin. No severe or serious side effects were reported.
The reported case stories do not represent scientific evidence of the efficacy of GMO acyclovir cream. They do, however, indicate that the characteristics of GMO/water 65/35% w/w with 5% acyclovir on certain points differ from those of Zovirax® cream from Glaxo Wellcome. GMO/water 65/35% w/w with 5% acyclovir adheres firmly to skin. Therefore fewer daily applications of GMO/water 65/35% w/w with 5% acyclovir were administered than what is recommended for Zovirax® cream. In 6 out of 8 cases, treatment could successfully be stopped after 2-3 days. This is shorter than the normally recommended treatment period for Zovirax® cream of 5 to 10 days.
Apphcation frequency and treatment duration for GMO acyclovir cream in these case reports are less than recommended for Zovirax® cream. By the persons treated, the efficacy was judged to be equivalent or better than that of Zovirax® cream.
EXAMPLE 96
A. Skin irritation of GMO-containing compositions
Purpose
Evaluation of skin irritation level for four GMO-based test formulations by a cumulative evaluation performed on intact human skin compared with four commercially available products.
Natusan ointment (negative control) Klorhexidin cream 1% (positive control) Zovir® cream (acyclovir cream, control) GMO in paraffin 20% (w/w) (test) Batch no. BGH 271 GMO/Epicuron 200/water 50/20/30 (w/w) (test) Batch no. BGH 269
GMO/Epicuron 00/water/TPGS 35.5/19.7/29.8/15 (w/w) (test) Batch no. BGH 270
The test was performed on nine healthy volunteers.
The test was performed over five working days with four applications and four recordings after 24 hours. The test material was apphed onto the volunteers on volar next to their non-dominant underarms.
Approx. 30-35 mg of each test material was placed under the skin under a 8 mm ø aluminum chamber (Finn Chamber, Epitest Ltd OY) positioned on a sticking plaster of non-occlusive type (Scanpor, Norges Plaster). The volunteer removed the plaster the morning after application. The result was recorded approximately two hours later in connection with a fresh apphcation of the test material. On day 5 only one recordal was made. In connection with the recordal, a photo was also taken.
The skin reaction was evaluated both in respect of erythema and oedema on a scale ranging from 0 to 3. The scoring was made by the same person for aU the volunteers.
Each product was apphed four times in the same place and was left for 21-23 hours. If a product caused a third degree irritation, the product in question was taken out of the testing of the volunteer in question.
Evaluated on total score, Zovir® cream, GMO/Epicurean/TPGS and GMO/Epicuron were at the same low level. GMO 20% and Natusan caused no irritation. In this test, GMO formulations containing Epikuron 200 have caused reactions at the same level as the commercially available Zovir® cream. Consequently, they are considered suitable for pharmaceutical formulations.
B. Skin irritation of compositions with 5% acyclovir
The following compositions are tested:
1. Paraffin oil (negative control)
2. 0.5 Sodium lauryl sulfate (positive control)
3. Klorhexidin® cream 1% (positive control and reference)
4. Zovirax® cream 5% 5. Vectavir cream 1%
6. GMO/Epikuron 200/water 50/20/30 + 5% acyclovir (% w/w)
7. GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water 50/20/30 + 5% acyclovir (% w/w)
8. GMO/Epikuron 200/TPGS/water *33.4/18.6/20/28 + 5% acyclovir (% w/w)
9. GMO/Epikuron 200/TPGS/water *41.3/16.5/15/27.2 + 5% acyclovir (% w/w) 10. GMO-90/water 65/35 % w/w
11. GMO/Epikuron 200/TPGS 45/10/15/30 + 5% acyclovir (% w/w)
*: Stability testing at 25°C and 60% relative humidity has shown that the composition is in the form of a cubic hquid crystalhne phase which is stable for at least 9 months.
The Chamber Scarification Test is used in order to evaluate the skin irritation profile of the above-mentioned compositions.
The Chamber Scarification Test is developed to investigate and compare cosmetics, cosmetic ingredients and consumer products intended for repeated use on normal or diseased skin. The assay amplifies irritant reactions to the test products by scarification of the test area prior to the first application. The test is carried out as described by K. E. Andersen in Contact Dermatitis 1996 (34), pp. 181-184 by P. J. Frosch & A. M. Khgman in Contact Dermatitis 1976 (2), pp. 314- 324. EXAMPLE 97
In vitro permeability of compositions according to the invention across human skin
Test compositions
1. GMO/Vitamin E TPGS/water 45/20/35% w/w + 5% w/w acyclovir 2. GMO/Epikuron 200/water 50/20/30% w/w + 5% w/w acyclovir
3. GMO/Epikuron 200/water/TPGS 39.4/15.8/29.8/15% w/w + 5% w/w acyclovir
4. Zovir® 5%, Wellcome (containing 5% w/w acyclovir) BFJ15-6
5. GMO/water 65/35% w/w + 5% w/w acyclovir
Preparation of skin membranes
Excised abdominal skin from humans was obtained from The Chnic of Plastic Surgery. The hairs were removed from the epidermal side by clipping. Subcutaneous fat on the dermal side was removed. The skin was washed with distilled water and stored at -18°C until use.
Apparatus
Franz diffusion ceUs having an avaUable diffusion area of 1.77 cm2 were used. The epidermal side of the skin was exposed to ambient laboratory conditions while the dermal side was bathed with the receptor medium consisting of 6.8 ml of 0.05 M phosphate buffer, pH 6.5. Each ceU was placed on a magnetic stirrer. The temperature of the water flowing in the closed circulatory system was kept at 37°C.
Permeation procedure
The skin membranes were thawed and mounted in Franz diffusion cells. The receptor chambers were filled with receptor medium and the epidermal side of the skin was wetted with a few drops of receptor medium. The skin was then allowed to equilibrate for about 24 hours. Blood and soluble enzymes were at the same time washed out of the skin, and thereby could not disturb analysis of the receptor medium for acyclovir. The integrity of the individual skin samples was ensured by measuring the capacitance of the skin. Skin samples with a capacitance of less than about 0.055 μF were considered intact, whereas skin samples with a higher capacitance were considered damaged. The water permeability (3H) may also be determined as a measure of the integrity of the skin. Before apphcation of the test substances, the receptor medium was replaced by fresh media. 300-350 mg of the test substance was spread across the entire epidermal surface in an even layer. At appropriate intervals (t=0, 6 hours, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 days) 2 ml samples were withdrawn and replaced by fresh receptor medium keeping an infinite sink. Due to variation when using biological membranes, at least six permeation studies were performed on each test substance.
The results from the permeation study (see Fig. 21) shows that the permeation profiles for acyclovir from the GMO/water composition (cubic liquid crystalhne phase) and Zovir®, respectively, are not significantly different. The lag time is about 1 day. The release profile shows tht acyclovir delivered from a cubic liquid crystalline phase of GMO permeates the skin and, accordingly, a cubic liquid crystalhne phase is an excellent drug delivery system for acyclovir and most likely also for other active substances especially antiviral substances. During the experiment which lasts for 4-5 days, the compositions remain on the skin.
However, release tests in vitro have shown that acyclovir incorporated into a cubic phase of GMO (GMO/water 65/35% w/w + 5% acyclovir) is released approx. 5-6 times faster than acyclovir from Zovir® cream.
Permeation experiments across epidermis (pig) isolated by heat separation gave the same results.
EXAMPLE 98
In vitro permeability of compositions according to the invention across human skin
A. WhoUy skin
In order to evaluate the influence of the compositions on the ability of acyclovir or other antiviral compounds to penetrate the stratum corneum and to accumulate in the epidermis and the dermis, the foUowing experiments can be performed using wholly intact human skin excised from cosmetic surgery. The skin is obtained from clinics for plastic surgery. The skin is treated as mentioned in the Example above and stored at -18°C. Skin from other mammals than humans may also be employed such as, e.g. guinea pigs, mice and pigs. The skin may be separated into epidermis and dermis by exposing the skin to hot water (60°C) for e.g. 45 seconds (heat separation) or by slicing with a dermatome (mechanical separation) for permeation or penetration studies. The stratum corneum can be isolated by tape stripping. If the drug substance is insoluble in water, the epidermis can be separated by dry heat separation e.g. at 60°C for 2 min by placing the sample (contained in a closed package) in a water bath or in a heat cabinet. The test conditions are generally as described in the Example above, but other test times (e.g. from 1 hour to 7 days), amounts of sample apphed (e.g. 50-350 mg) etc. may be appropriate. To avoid intra-individual variations the same donor is used to testing different compositions and the skin specimens were taken from the same skin area. In order to simulate injured skin, the skin can be injured by applying a skin enhance or by stripping the skin with tape.
The amount of drug substance within the skin can be calculated by measuring the concentration of the drug substance in i) the receptor medium, ii) the skin, and/or iii) the remaining composition. By measuring i) and iii), the amount of drug substance in the skin can be calculated.
B. Different layers of the skin
The herpes virus replicate in the living epidermis. The basal layer of the epidermis appears to be the primarily site of antiviral activity in cutaneous HSV-1 infections, i.e. the epidermis appears to be the target site for antiviral drug substances.
Permeation (i.e. penetration into and through the skin) of acyclovir or other antiviral substances can be investigated across isolated epidermis by diffusion (as described above). In this manner, a measure is obtained of the amount of acyclovir having permeated the epidermis. Alternatively, a picture is obtained of the penetration (i.e. the entry into the skin but not through the skin) of acyclovir (or other antiviral substances) in the skin by means of diffusion test using wholly skin which at the end of the experiment is divided into stratum corneum (e.g. enzymatic degradation or tape stripping; tape stripping: 10-20 x, e.g. using Scotch Brand Magic Tape No. 810 from 3M, Minneapolis, U.S.A.), epidermis and dermis by means of a dermatome. The individual layers are analyzed for acyclovir (or other antiviral substances), e.g. by hquid scintillation.
Before the tape stripping the compositions are removed by use of a spatula and the skin is dried using Kleenex dipped in a ethanol-water (3:1) solution.
In those cases where radioactive acyclovir (or other radioactive antiviral drugs) are used, the amount of acyclovir penetrating the tissue was measured by a liquid scintillation technique (3H- acyclovir is commercially avaUable in form of a ethanol/water 30/70 solution (Sigma); e.g. 21 μl H-acyclovir corresponding to about 0.8 μCi/ml is added to 1 g composition). Due to the fact that the main part of the acyclovir is present in the form of undissolved particles in a concentration of about 1-10% by weight, it is initially necessary to dissolve cold acyclovir and add the hot radioactive form on dissolved form in order to obtain a homogeneous mixture of cold and hot molecules. Cold acyclovir is dissolved in 0.1 N NaOH and the hot acyclovir is added under stirring. Hydrochloric acid (to adjust pH to about 7) is rapidly added under vigorous stirring to obtain a uniform precipitation of hot and cold acyclovir crystals. The precipitation is enhanced by maintaining the mixture at 5°C for e.g. 24 hours. Then the acyclovir crystals are filtered off and washed 3 times with a small amount of water. The crystals are dried in an excicator. By using this procedure it is possible to control the ratio between hot and cold acyclovir in dissolved and undissolved form, respectively.
In order to examine the content of acyclovir in different skin sections/layers, the skin sections were placed in scintillation vials with e.g. Soluene 350 over night to dissolve the skin components. Scintillation cocktail (e.g. Hionic-Flour) was subsequently added and the samples were assayed for content of acyclovir (or the appropriate antiviral drug) by liquid scintillation spectrometry. The drug metabolizing enzyme activity in the epidermis is greatly dependent on tissue viability. Therefore, it should be stressed that the determination of skin absorption described above does not distinguish between the intact antiviral drug and its metabolites. It cannot be excluded that excised skin (usually stored) will loose some of its original enzyme activity. However, acyclovir exhibits no known metabolism in the skin.
By extracting acyclovir from the skin components, acyclovir can also be quantified by HPLC.
EXAMPLE 99
Permeation of compositions containing acyclovir or other drugs by means of an in vitro cell culture model
The permeation of acyclovir or other antiviral drugs delivered from various compositions according to the invention can be examined using in vitro ceU cultures as a model of e.g. human oral epithehum. A model involving e.g. TR 146 cell (from the Royal Danish School of Pharmacy, Copenhagen, Denmark) is suitable for sensitivity and permeability studies of antiviral drugs. Other cell culture models are also avaUable, e.g. for the testing of the efficacy of drugs.
EXAMPLE 100
Permeation of compositions containing acyclovir or other antiviral drugs by means of an in vivo animal model
The herpes virus rephcate in the living epidermis. The basal layer of the epidermis appears to be the primary site of antiviral activity in cutaneous HSV-1 infections, i.e. the target for antiviral drugs. Methods - using hairless mouse or guinea pig as an animal model - are avaUable. The methods allow calculation of the target site concentration of the antiviral (e.g. acyclovir) drug applied and allow an estimation of the efficacy of the antiviral compositions tested (see. e.g. Lee, P.H. et al., Pharm. Res. 9, 8, pp 979-988, 1992 and Su, M.-H. et al., Drug Develop. Ind. Pharm. 20 (4), 685-718, 1994). In the following is described model systems suitable for testing the antiviral effect of the compositions according to the invention.
Animal models often used are the hairless mouse model (5-7 weeks old) and the guinea pig model. The guinea pigs are shaved on their back before the start of the experiment in order to make a hairless test area.
The animals are anaesthetized before inducing skin lesions, e.g. on the lateral side of the body or in the lumbosacral area. 0.005-0.2 ml of a virus suspension [herpes simplex virus type 1 (HSVl), e.g. strain E-377 or E-115 (titer usually in a range of 106 - 108 plaque forming units (PFU)/ml), stored at -70°C until use] was injected or rubbed on the skin with a cotton swab saturated with the virus (a drop of the virus suspension is apphed on the test area and then 6 small holes are made by means of a scalpel. The test area on the skin of the test animal can be divided into several test areas, e.g. six areas, thereby aUowing e.g. two different compositions (2x2) and their controls (1x2), placebo) to be tested at the same time on the same animal. UsuaUy 10-30 animals are used for each composition (the number of animals depends on the number of applications). The infection induced by the virus generated skin lesions which appeared at the area of inoculation. Shortly after virus inoculation (e.g. 24-48 hours) compositions with antiviral drugs were apphed on the test areas at the skin e.g. with a 1 ml syringe and samples are bhndly randomized. The lesions are treated with the compositions for 2-10 days (applied 2-5 times daUy) and then the effect of the treatment was investigated. The lesions were scored for each animal and two distinct antiviral assessments can be made: i) topical efficacy is determined by measuring the antiviral activity of the antiviral drug substance (e.g. acyclovir) delivered from the compositions tested, and ϋ) systemic efficacy is determined by measuring the antiviral activity of the antiviral drug substance (e.g. acyclovir) in the circulatory system which delivers the antiviral substance to the target site (presumably the epidermal basal layer).
In order to quantify the effect of the different compositions, a score system is used. Different score systems may be employed based on the appearance of the skin lesions at various times after inoculation. The score system could be that of Alenius and Oberg, Archives of Virology
1978, 58, 277-288, where the course of infection is divided into a phase of progression denoted by scores with Arabic numerals and into a phase of regression denoted by scores with Roman numerals. E.g. the inoculated areas can be scored for symptoms daily, starting 24 hours after inoculation and ending after 4-20 days, giving scores during the development of vesicles and their subsequent drying and crusting. The length and size of skin lesions can also be measured. A low cumulative score of a composition indicates a good efficacy compared to a placebo composition (control) which generally gives a high score. - -
During the test HSV-1 virus may be isolated from the lesions and the number is counted. The results give an indication of i) inactivation of virus, ii) effect of the antiviral composition applied etc.
EXAMPLE 101
Clinical development programme of GMO acyclovir cream for herpes labialis
The following parameters are suggested for all clinical studies:
Setting
Outpatients from GPs, dermatologists or hospital clinics. Primary recruitment possible in connection with a Herpes simplex eruption that are not included in the study. Patients receive study medication and are instructed to start treatment immediately upon recurrence of prodromes and to return to investigator after start of treatment.
Inclusion criteria
ChnicaUy confirmed history of recurrent Herpes Labialis, 2-3 annual recurrences. Present prodromal symptoms of Herpes Labialis eruption.
Exclusion criteria
Herpes labialis with ulceration or crusts Immunodeficiency
Allergy to acyclovir/GMO
Efficacy parameters
Duration days/hours from start of treatment to cessation of symptoms caused by virus replication, including pain, weal, numbness and erythema. Duration days/hours form start of treatment to crust formation. Duration days from start of treatment to complete skin healing. Safety parameters
Local reactions to cream administration, including a 28-30 day follow-up. , _
Dose finding
The experience from individual case reports indicates that fewer daily applications of GMO acyclovir compared to Zovirax® are required to obtain efficacy. The optimal administration frequency will have to be determined.
Study groups: Placebo Once daily Twice daily
Three times daily
If more than three daily applications is required, GMO acyclovir is not considered to have any advantage compared to Zovirax® cream.
At present no data are available on the statistical variation of efficacy parameters, therefore a proper dimensioning of the study has not been possible. It is assumed that between 100 and 200 patients per study group is required.
Pivotal studies
It is assumed that two identical or at least very simUar studies must be performed.
Study groups Placebo
GMO acyclovir x times dauy Zovirax® 5 times daUy
The argument for including a placebo group in the pivotal study is to document that the expected clinical equivalence between Zovirax® and GMO acyclovir is not a consequence of both products inefficiency.
At present no data are available on the statistical variation of efficacy parameters, therefore a proper dimensioning of the studies has not been possible. It is assumed that between 100 and 200 patients per study group is required.

Claims

1. A pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to or through a nail or a damaged or undamaged skin or mucosal surface of a mammal, the composition comprising
i) a first substance which is the active substance,
ii) an effective amount of a second substance which, together with a liquid medium, is capable of generating a liquid crystalhne phase in which the constituents of the composition are enclosed, the hquid crystalline phase being selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lameUar, and a reverse micellar liquid crystalline phase,
iii) a structurant which together with said second substance and a liquid medium is capable of forming a liquid crystalhne phase selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, and a reverse micellar liquid crystalline phase; and
iv) optionally, a liquid medium which is substantially homogeneously distributed in the composition,
the composition either being one in which the hquid crystaUine phase has been generated by the second substance and the structurant together with a sufficient amount of a hquid medium originaUy present in the composition, or the composition being in a precursor form in which the second substance and the structurant have not generated the hquid crystalhne phase, but are capable of forming the hquid crystaUine phase in situ with moisture from the surface on which the composition is applied, the moisture in this case constituting at least part of the liquid medium,
the pH of the hquid crystaUine phase being in the range of 3.0-9.0, determined as described herein,
the active substance having
i) a first solubihty in the hquid crystalline phase of at the most 20 mg/g at 20┬░C, and
ii) a second solubility in water of at the most 10 mg/ml at 20°C, the water, where applicable, being buffered to a pH in a range of 3.0-9.0, with the proviso, where applicable, that the composition is not one consisting of either a) 5% by weight of acyclovir and 95% by weight of a glycerylmonooleate/water/lecithin (55/35/10 w/w) formulation, wherein the glycerylmonooleate product is DIMODAN® GMO-90 and the lecithin is Epikuron 200, or b) 5% by weight of acyclovir and 95% by weight of a glycerylmonooleate/water/d-α-tocopherylpolyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate (65/35% w/w glycerylmonooleate/water plus 5% w/w d-α-tocopherylpolyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate), wherein the glycerylmonooleate product is DIMODAN® GMO-90.
2. A pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to a mammal, the composition comprising
i) a first substance, which is the active substance,
ii) a second substance which together with a liquid medium is capable of forming a liquid crystalhne phase at room temperature, the hquid crystalhne phase being selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lameUar, and a reverse micellar liquid crystalline phase,
iii) a structurant
which - together with said second substance and water - at room temperature is capable of forming a liquid crystalhne phase selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar, and a reverse micellar hquid crystaUine phase,
which in itself together with water can form a liquid crystaUine phase selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lamellar and a reverse micellar hquid crystaUine phase,
which - in a two component system wherein the structurant is one of the components and water is the other - is not capable of forming a cubic liquid crystalhne phase at room temperature, and
which has a solubihty in said second substance of at least 15% by weight at 60┬░C; and
iv) optionally, a liquid medium which is substantially homogeneously distributed in the composition, the composition either being one in which the liquid crystalline phase has been generated by the second substance in combination with the structurant and together with a sufficient amount of the liquid medium originally present in the composition, or the composition being in a precursor form in which the second substance and the structurant have not generated the liquid crystalline phase, but are capable of forming the liquid crystalhne phase in situ with moisture from the site at or to which the composition is administered, the moisture in this case constituting at least part of the liquid medium, and
the composition being substantially homogeneous and having such a physical stability that substantial no irreversible phase separation into two or more distinct phases can be observed visually after storage of the composition at 25┬░C and 60% relative humidity for one week, and
with the proviso, where applicable, that the composition is not one consisting of either a) 5% by weight of acyclovir and 95% by weight of a glycerylmonooleate/water/lecithin (55/35/10 w/w) formulation, wherein the glycerylmonooleate product is DIMODAN® GMO-90 and the lecithin is Epikuron 200, or b) 5% by weight of acyclovir and 95% by weight of a glycerylmonooleate/water/d-α-tocopherylpolyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate (65/35% w/w glycerylmonooleate/water plus 5% w/w d-α-tocopherylpolyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate), wherein the glycerylmonooleate product is DIMODAN® GMO-90.
3. A pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to a mammal, the composition comprising
i) a first substance which is the active substance,
ii) a second substance which together with a hquid medium - at room temperature is capable of forming a hquid crystaUine phase selected from the group consisting of: a cubic, a hexagonal, a reverse hexagonal, a lameUar, and a reverse miceUar liquid crystaUine phase,
hi) a pharmaceuticauy acceptable excipient in a concentration of at least 5% by weight based on the total composition, and
iv) optionally, a liquid medium which is substantially homogeneously distributed in the composition,
the composition either being one in which the liquid crystalhne phase has been generated by the second substance together with a sufficient amount of the liquid medium originally present in the composition, or the composition being in a precursor form in which the second substance has not generated the liquid crystalline phase, but is capable of forming the liquid crystalhne phase in situ with moisture from the site at or to which the composition is administered,- the moisture in this case constituting at least part of the liquid medium,
the composition being substantially homogeneous and having such a physical stability that substantial no irreversible phase separation into two or more distinct phases can be observed visually after storage of the composition at 25┬░C and 60% relative humidity for one week,
the composition containing at the most about 60% by weight of said second substance, and
with the proviso, where applicable, that the composition is not one consisting of either a) 5% by weight of acyclovir and 95% by weight of a glycerylmonooleate/water/lecithin (55/35/10 w/w) formulation, wherein the glycerylmonooleate product is DIMODAN® GMO-90 and the lecithin is Epikuron 200.
4. A composition according to claim 3, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient has a solubihty of less than about 15% such as less than about 12.5%, 10%, 7.5%, 5%, 2% or 1% by weight in said second substance at 60┬░C.
5. A composition according to claim 3, wherein the pharmaceuticaUy acceptable excipient has a solubility of more than about than about 15% such as more than about 25%, 30% or 50% by weight in said second substance at 60┬░C.
6. A composition according to any of claims 2-5, wherein the active substance has
i) a first solubihty in the hquid crystalhne phase of at the most 20 mg/g at 20┬░C, and
ii) a second solubihty in water of at the most 10 mg/ml at 20┬░C, the water, where applicable, being buffered to a pH in a range of 3.0-9.0,
7. A composition according to claim 1 or 6, wherein the second solubihty of the active substance is determined at a pH which is substantially identical to the pH prevailing in the liquid crystalline phase, determined as described herein.
8. A composition according to claim 1 or 6, wherein the second solubihty of the active substance is the minimum aqueous solubihty at a pH in the range of 3.0-9.0, determined as described herein.
9. A composition according to any of claims 2-5, wherein the active substance has a solubility in water of at least about 10 mg/ml at 20┬░C, the water, where applicable, being buffered jto a pH substantially identical to the pH prevailing in the liquid crystalhne phase, determined as described herein.
10. A composition according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the solubihty of the active substance in the liquid crystalline phase is at least 20 mg/g.
11. A composition according to any of claims 3-5 further comprising a structurant.
12. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, wherein the second substance is an amphiphilic substance such as a polar lipid, an emulsifier or a surfactant.
13. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, wherein the second substance is a fatty acid ester.
14. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, wherein the fatty acid moiety or moieties of the fatty acid ester is/are saturated or unsaturated and each have a carbon atom number from C6 to C2e-
15. A composition according to claim 14, wherein the fatty acid moiety or moieties is/are a moiety or moieties of a saturated fatty acid selected from the group consisting of caproic acid, capryhc acid, capric acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, arachidic acid, and behenic acid.
16. A composition according to claim 14, wherein the fatty acid moiety or moieties of the fatty acid component is/are unsaturated.
17. A composition according to claim 16, wherein the fatty acid moiety or moieties is/are selected from the group consisting of palmitoleic acid, oleic acid, hnoleic acid, linolenic acid, and arachidonic acid.
18. A composition according to any of claims 13-17, wherein the fatty acid ester is selected from the group consisting of fatty acid esters, in particular partial fatty acid esters, of polyhydric alcohols, fatty acid esters of hydroxycarboxylic acids, fatty acid esters of monosaccharides, fatty acid esters of glycerylphosphate derivatives, fatty acid esters of glycerylsulfate derivatives, and mixtures thereof.
19. A composition according to claim 18, wherein the polyhydric alcohol is selected from the group consisting of glycerol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, diacylgalactosylglycerol, _ diacyldigalactosylglycerol, erythritol, xylitol, adonitol, arabitol, mannitol, and sorbitol.
20. A composition according to claim 19, wherein the fatty acid ester is selected from the group consisting of glycerylmonooleate, glycerylmonolinoleate, glycerylmonolinolenate, and mixtures thereof.
21. A composition according to claim 18, wherein the hydroxycarboxylic acid is selected from the group consisting of malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, and lactic acid.
22. A composition according to claim 18, wherein the fatty acid ester is a fatty acid monoester of citric acid.
23. A composition according to claim 18, wherein the monosaccharide is selected from the group consisting of glucose, mannose, fructose, threose, gulose, arabinose, ribose, erythrose, xylose, galactose, sorbose, altrose, tallose, idose, rhamnose, and allose.
24. A composition according to claim 23, wherein the fatty acid ester is a fatty acid monoester of a monosaccharide selected from the group consisting of sorbose, galactose, ribose, and rhamnose.
25. A composition according to claim 18, wherein the glycerylphosphate derivative is a phosphohpid selected from the group consisting of phosphatidic acid, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylchohne, phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidylinositole, and diphosphatidylglycerol.
26. A composition according to claim 18, wherein the fatty acid ester is a fatty acid ester of a glycerylphosphate derivative or a glycerylsulfate derivative, and the fatty acid component is selected from the group consisting of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, Unolenic acid, and behenic acid.
27. A composition according to claim 26, wherein the fatty acid ester is selected from the group consisting of dioleyol phosphatidylcholine, dilauryl phosphatidylcholine, dimyristyl phosphatidylchohne, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine, distearoyl phosphatidylcholine, dibehenoyl phosphatidylcholine, dimyristyl phosphatidylethanolamine, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylethanolamine, dioleyl phosphatidylglycerol, dUauryl phosphatidylglycerol, dimyristoyl phosphatidylglycerol, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylglycerol, distearoyl phosphatidylglycerol, dipalmitoyl phosphatic acid and mixtures thereof.
28. A composition according to claim 18, wherein the fatty acid ester is glycerylmonooleate or glycerylmonolinoleate _ _
29. A composition according to claim 28, wherein the fatty acid ester is glycerylmonooleate.
30. A composition according to claim 29, wherein the glycerylmonooleate product contained in the composition contains at the most 4% of saturated monoglyceride.
31. A composition according to claim 29, wherein the glycerolmonooleate product contained in the composition contains at least 88% such as at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, in particular at least 92% of glycerylmonooleate.
32. A composition according to any of claims 1-5, which contains at least 10% by weight, calculated on the composition, of the second substance.
33. A composition according to claim 1 or 2, which contains at least 15% by weight such as, e.g., at least 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, or 70% by weight, calculated on the composition, of the second substance.
34. A composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the concentration of the second substance in the composition is in a range corresponding to from about 10% to about 90% such as, e.g. about 15%-85%, about 20%-80%, about 25%-75%, about 25%-70%, about 25%-65%, about 25%- 60%, about 25%-55%, about 30%-50%, about 35%-55%, about 30%-45% or about 30%-40% by weight based on the total composition.
35. A composition according to any of claims 1-5, wherein the concentration of the second substance in the composition is at the most about 60% such as, e.g. at the most about 55%, about 50%, about 45%, about 40%, about 35%, about 30%, about 25%, about 20%, about 15% or 10% by weight based on the total composition.
36. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-35, wherein the structurant is an amphiphilic substance having a molecular weight of at the most 2000.
37. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-35, wherein the structurant is an emulsifier or a polar lipid, an emulsifier or a surfactant.
38. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-37, wherein the structurant has a saturated or unsaturated, branched or unbranched, substituted or unsubstituted C6-C26-alkyl chain.
39. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-38, wherein the structurant is a compound which contains a polyethylene group. , _
40. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-37, wherein the structurant has a solubility in the second substance of at least 15%, such as at least 20% or 25% by weight at 60┬░C.
41. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-35, wherein the structurant is a substance which - together with the second substance and a liquid medium - is capable of forming a cubic liquid crystalhne phase.
42. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-35, wherein the structurant is a substance which - in a two component system of the structurant as a first component and water as a second component - is capable of forming a non-cubic liquid crystalline phase.
43. A composition according to claim 42, wherein - in a two component system of the structurant and water - the structurant does not form a cubic liquid crystalline phase at a temperature of between 20-40┬░C.
44. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-35, wherein the composition comprises at least one structurant.
45. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-35, wherein the composition comprises a combination of at least two structurants.
46. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-35, wherein the structurant is a phospholipid selected from the group consisting of phosphatidic acid, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylchohne, phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidyhnositole, and diphosphatidylglycerol.
47. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-35, wherein the structurant is a fatty acid ester of a glycerylphosphate derivative or a glycerylsulfate derivative, and the fatty acid component is selected from the group consisting of lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and behenic acid.
48. A composition according to claim 47, wherein the fatty acid ester is selected from the group consisting of dioleyol phosphatidylcholine, dilauryl phosphatidylcholine, dimyristyl phosphatidylcholine, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine, distearoyl phosphatidylcholine, dibehenoyl phosphatidylcholine, dimyristyl phosphatidylethanolamine, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylethanolamine, dioleyl phosphatidylglycerol, dilauryl phosphatidylglycerol, dimyristoyl phosphatidylglycerol, dipalmitoyl phosphatidylglycerol, distearoyl - - phosphatidylglycerol, dipalmitoyl phosphatic acid and mixtures thereof.
49. A composition according to claim 45, wherein the structurant is a phosphatidylcholine selected from the group consisting of Epikuron 200, Epikuron 145, Lipoid SlOO or Lipoid S75.
50. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 11, wherein the concentration of the structurant is in a range of from about 1% to about 60% such as, e.g., from about 5% to about 55%, from about 5% to about 50%, from about 5% to about 45%, from about 7.5% to about 40%, or from about 10% to about 35% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
51. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 11, wherein the structurant is a tocopherol selected from the group consisting of ╬▓-tocopherols, sorbitan esters of tocopherols and fatty acid esters of tocopherols, d-╬▒-tocopherol, d,l-╬▒ -tocopherol, d-╬▒-tocopherol acetate, d,l-╬▒ -tocopherol acetate, d-╬▒-tocopherol succinate, d,l-╬▒ -tocopherol succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherol nicotinate, d,l-╬▒- tocopherol nicotinate, tocopherylpolyethylene glycol succinate such as d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol succinate or d,l-╬▒ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol succinate, and derivatives and analogues thereof.
52. A composition according to claim 51, wherein the structurant is a tocopherylpolyethylene glycol succinate selected from the group consisting of d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 200 succinate, d,l-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 200 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 300 succinate, d,l-╬▒ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 300 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 400 succinate, d,l-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 400 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 500 succinate, d,l-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 500 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 600 succinate, d,l-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 600 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 700 succinate, d,l-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 700 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 800 succinate, d,l-╬▒ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 800 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 800 succinate, d,l-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 800 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 900 succinate, d,l-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 900 succinate, - - d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1000 succinate, d,l-╬▒ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1000 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1100 succinate, d,l-╬▒ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1100 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1200 succinate, d,l-╬▒ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1200 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1300 succinate, d,l-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1300 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1400 succinate, d,l-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1400 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1450 succinate, d,l-╬▒ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1450 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1500 succinate, d,l-╬▒ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1500 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1600 succinate, d,l-╬▒ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1600 succinate, d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1700 succinate and d,l-╬▒ -tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1700 succinate.
53. A composition according to claim 52, wherein the tocopherylpolyethylene glycol succinate is d-╬▒-tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1000 succinate (vitamin E TPGS) or d,l-╬▒- tocopherylpolyethylene glycol 1000 succinate.
54. A composition according to any of claims 51-53, wherein the concentration of the tocopherol is at the most about 30% such as at the most about 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%, 2.5% or 1% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
55. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-54, wherein the structurant is a combination of vitamin E TPGS and a phosphatidylcholine containing product such as, e.g., Epikuron 200.
56. A composition according to claim 55, wherein the concentration of vitamin E TPGS is in a range corresponding to from about 1% to about 30% by weight and the concentration of
Epikuron 200 is in a range corresponding to from about 2.5% to about 40% by weight based on the total composition.
57. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-56, wherein the concentration of the structurant(s) in the cpmposition is at least about 1% by weight such as, e.g., at least about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25% or about 30% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
58. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-57, wherein the concentration of the structurant(s) in the composition is at the most about 45% by weight such as, e.g., at the most least about 40% or about 35% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
59. A composition according to any of 1-2, 6-58, wherein the total concentration of the second substance and the structurant(s) is at least 50% by weight based on the total composition.
60. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-59, wherein the liquid crystalline phase has been generated by a liquid medium present in the composition and wherein the total concentration of the second substance and the structurant(s) is at least 50% such as at least 55%, 60%, 65%, 70% or 75% by weight based on the total composition.
61. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-59, wherein the composition is in a precursor form and wherein the total concentration of the second substance and the structurant(s) is at least 50% such as at least 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95% or 99.5% by weight based on the total composition.
62. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, wherein a hquid medium iv) is present in the composition.
63. A composition according to claim 62, wherein the hquid medium is present in a concentration of at least about 0.5% by weight, such as at least about 1% by weight, calculated on the total composition.
64. A composition according to claim 62, wherein the liquid medium is present in a concentration of at least about 2% such as at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25% or at least about 30% by weight, calculated on the total composition.
65. A composition according to claim 62, wherein the liquid medium is present in a concentration of 20%-50% such as, e.g., about 25%-35% about 25%-30% or about 30%-40% by weight, calculated on the total composition.
66. A composition according to claim 62, wherein the liquid medium is present in a concentration of 25%-40% such as, e.g, about 30%-40% or 27%-37% by weight, calculated-on the total composition.
67. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, in which the liquid crystalhne phase generated by the second substance and, whenever appropriate, the structurant together with a sufficient amount of a liquid medium is a cubic phase.
68. A composition to any of claims 1-2, 11, in which the liquid crystalline phase generated by the second substance and the structurant together with a liquid medium has a pH in the range of 3.0-8, such as, e.g., 3.1-8, 3.2-8, 3.3-8, 3.4-8, 3.5-8, 3.6-8, 3.7-8, 3.8-8, 3.9-8, 4.0-8, 4.1-8, 4.2-8, 4.3- 8, 4.5-8, 4.75-8 or 5.0-8.
69. A composition according to claim 1 or 6,in which the second solubihty of the active substance is at the most 7 mg/g, such as, e.g., at the most 5 mg/g, at the most 3 mg/g or at the most 2 mg/g.
70. A composition according to claim 1 or 6, in which the first solubihty of the active substance in the hquid crystaUine phase is at the most 15 mg/g such as, e.g. at the most 10 mg/g, at the most 7 mg/g or at the most 6.5 mg/g, at the most 6 mg/g, at the most 5.5 mg/g, at the most 5 mg/g, at the most 4 mg/g, at the most 3 mg/g, at the most 2 mg/g or at the most 1 mg/g at 20┬░C.
71. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, in which the active substance is present in a concentration above the saturation concentration at 20┬░C.
72. A composition according to claim 71, wherein the proportion of the active substance present which is above the saturation concentration at 20┬░C is at least 25% such as, e.g., at least 50%, at least 75%, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 98% by weight of the active substance present in the composition.
73. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, wherein the active substance has a hpophihcity of at the most 100 such as at the most about 75, 50, 40, 30, 25, 10, 7.5, 5 or 2.5, expressed as the partition coefficient between octanol and 0.05M phosphate buffer, pH 7.
74. A composition according to claim 73, wherein the partition coefficient is at the most 1 such as at the most about 0.75, 0.5, 0.1, 0.075.
75. A composition according to claim 74, wherein the partition coefficient is at the most 0.05 such as at the most about 0.04. _ _
76. A composition according to any of claims 1-72, wherein the active substance has a hpophihcity of at the most 100 such as at the most about 75, 50, 25, 10, 7.5, 5 or 2.5, expressed as the partition coefficient between octanol and an appropriate buffer having a pH corresponding either to the pH of the liquid crystalhne phase or to the pH at which the active substance has its minimum solubihty.
77. A composition according to claim 76, wherein the partition coefficient is at the most 1 such as at the most about 0.75, 0.5, 0.1, 0.075.
78. A composition according to claim 77, wherein the partition coefficient is at the most 0.05 such as at the most about 0.04.
79. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, wherein the release of the active substance from the liquid crystalline phase, as defined by the slope of the cumulative release in ╬╝g as a function of the square root of the release time in hours in the release experiment defined in Example 92 (in which the concentration of the substance is 5%), is at least 50 such as, e.g., at least 100, at least 200, at least 300, at least 500. at least 700 or at least 900.
80. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, which complies with the requirements of bioadhesion defined herein when tested for bioadhesion in an in vivo model.
81. A composition according to claim 80 which complies with the requirements for bioadhesion defined herein when tested for bioadhesion in the in vivo model described herein involving testing the rinsing off ability from skin.
82. A composition according to claim 80, wherein the score obtained in said test for bioadhesion is substantiaUy of the same order of magnitude as would have been obtained for a comparative composition wherein the structurant(s) has(have) been replaced with the same amount by weight of said second substance.
83. A composition according to any of the preceding claims adapted for administration of an active substance to or through a nail or a damaged or undamaged skin or mucosal surface or for apphcation on or at a tooth or a dental pocket of an animal such as a human.
84. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, wherein the active substance is an antiviral drug. .
85. A composition according to claim 84, wherein the antiviral substance is selected from nucleosides, phosphorylated nucleosides, nucleoside analogues, nucleotide analogues, and salts, complexes and prodrugs thereof.
86. A composition according to claim 85, wherein the antiviral substance is selected from acyclovir, famciclovir, deciclovir, penciclovir, zidovudin, ganciclovir, didanosin, zalcitabin, valaciclovir, sorivudine, lobucavir, brivudine, cidofovir, n-docosanol and ISIS-2922.
87. A composition according to claim 86, wherein the antiviral substance is acyclovir.
88. A composition according to claim 87, wherein the second substance is a the fatty acid ester and a liquid medium is present in the composition.
89. A composition according to claim 88, wherein the fatty acid ester is a glycerylmonooleate product having a glycerylmonooleate content of at least 88% such as, e.g., at least about 89 or 90% by weight and a content of saturated monoglycerides of at the most 4% by weight.
90. A composition according to claim 88, wherein the content of glycerylmonooleate in the glycerylmonooleate product is at least 91% such as, e.g., at least 92% by weight.
91. A composition according to claim 88, wherein the content of saturated monoglycerides in the glycerylmonooleate product is at the most 2% by weight.
92. A composition according to claim 88, wherein the weight ratio between the glycerylmonooleate and the hquid medium is in the range between 1:0.3 and 1:2 such as between 1:0.5 and 1:1.5 such as, e.g. 1:1.
93. A composition according to claim 88, wherein the weight ratio between the combination of the glycerylmonooleate and the structurant, and the liquid medium is in the range between 60:40 and 75:25 such as between 63:37 and 73:27.
94. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, wherein Epikuron 200 and Vitamin E TPGS are present as structurant.
95. A composition according to claim 94, wherein the weight ratio between Epikuron and Vitamin E TPGS is between about 1:0.5 and 1:2 such as, e.g., between 1:0.75 and 1:1.5 such as, e.g., about 1:1.
96. A composition according to any of the preceding claims comprising glycerylmonooleate as second substance, a mixture of Epikuron 200 and Vitamin E TPGS as structurants, and water as a liquid medium.
97. A composition according to claim 96, wherein the concentration of Epikuron 200 is in a range of from l%-25% by weight, the concentration of Vitamin E TPGS is in a range of from l%-25% by weight, and the concentration of water is in a range of from 20%-40% by weight based on the total composition.
98. A composition according to claim 97, in which the second substance is a fatty acid ester and the composition is in a precursor form.
99. A composition according to claim 98, wherein the weight ratio between fatty acid ester and any hquid medium present in the composition is between 50:50 and 100:0 such as between 60:40 and 99:1, between 70:30 and 90:10.
100. A composition according to claim 98, wherein the weight ratio between the sum of the glycerylmonooleate and any structurant(s), and any liquid medium present in the composition is between 90:10 and 99:0.5, such as between 90:10 and 99:1.
101. A composition according to any of claims 88-100, wherein the liquid medium present in the composition is water or glycerol, or a mixture of water and glycerol.
102. A composition according to claim 101, wherein the liquid medium is water.
103. A composition according to claim 102, wherein the liquid medium is water containing glycerol in an amount of up to corresponding to a glycerokwater ratio of 2.5:1 by weight, such as up to corresponding to a glycerohwater ratio of 1.5:2 such as, e.g., a ratio of about 1:1, 0.5:1, or 0.25:1.
104. A composition according to any of the preceding claims comprising glycerylmonooleate, phosphatidylcholine and, optionally, water and the weight ratio between the content of phosphatidylcholine and glycerylmonooleate is at the most 1, such as e.g. 1:1, 1:2 or 1:4.
105. A composition according to claim 104, wherein the concentration of water in the composition is at the most 40% w/w based on the total composition. - _
106. A composition according to any of the preceding claims further comprising glycerol.
107. A composition according to claim 106, wherein the total concentration of glycerol and any water present is at the most 40% w/w based on the total composition.
108. A composition according to any of claims 1-2, 6-107 further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
109. A composition according to claim 108, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient has a solubihty of less than about 15% w/w such as less than about 12.5%, about 10%, or about 7.5% in said second substance at 60┬░C.
110. A composition according to claim 3 or 108, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient has a solubUity of less than about 15% such as less than about 10%, about 5%, about 2.5%, about 1%, or about 0.5% by weight in the hquid crystaUine phase generated by the components of the composition and, if appropriate, a hquid medium at room temperature.
111. A composition according to claim 108, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient has a solubihty of more than about than about 15% such as more than about 25%, 30% or 50% by weight in said second substance at 60┬░C.
112. A composition according to any of claims 3, 4, 108, 110, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient is an inert dUuent or fiUer selected from the group consisting of sucrose, sorbitol, sugar, mannitol, microcrystaUine ceUulose, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, starches including potato starch, calcium carbonate, sodium chloride, lactose, calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, sodium phosphate, and a polysaccharide such as, e.g., carmelose, a chitosan, a pectin, xanthan gum, a carrageenan, locust bean gum, acacia gum, a gelatin, an alginate, and dextrans and salts thereof.
113. A composition according to any of claims 3, 5 or 111, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient is selected from the group consisting of sorbitan esters, polysorbates, macrogols, polyethylene glycols, and propylene glycols.
114. A composition according to claim 113, wherein the concentration of the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient is at least about 5% by weight such as, e.g., about 5-10%, 10-15%,,15-_20% or 20-25% by weight.
115. A composition according to any of the preceding claims further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable additive.
PCT/DK1998/000159 1997-04-17 1998-04-17 A novel bioadhesive drug delivery system based on liquid crystals WO1998047487A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU69195/98A AU6919598A (en) 1997-04-17 1998-04-17 A novel bioadhesive drug delivery system based on liquid crystals
JP54475798A JP2001524958A (en) 1997-04-17 1998-04-17 A novel liquid crystal based bioadhesive drug delivery system
EP98914850A EP0975331A1 (en) 1997-04-17 1998-04-17 A novel bioadhesive drug delivery system based on liquid crystals
CA002286052A CA2286052A1 (en) 1997-04-17 1998-04-17 A novel bioadhesive drug delivery system based on liquid crystals

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DK43597 1997-04-17
DK0435/97 1997-04-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1998047487A1 true WO1998047487A1 (en) 1998-10-29

Family

ID=8093507

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/DK1998/000159 WO1998047487A1 (en) 1997-04-17 1998-04-17 A novel bioadhesive drug delivery system based on liquid crystals

Country Status (5)

Country Link
EP (1) EP0975331A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2001524958A (en)
AU (1) AU6919598A (en)
CA (1) CA2286052A1 (en)
WO (1) WO1998047487A1 (en)

Cited By (46)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999036104A2 (en) * 1998-01-14 1999-07-22 Du Pont Pharmaceuticals Company Preparation of a lipid blend and a phospholipid suspension containing the lipid blend, and contrast agents based on these
WO2001010411A2 (en) * 1999-08-06 2001-02-15 Max-Delbrück-Centrum für Molekulare Medizin Implantable active ingredient depot
DE10057767A1 (en) * 2000-11-22 2002-05-23 Beiersdorf Ag Deodorant and antiperspirant composition comprises dispersed liquid crystals forming a cubic phase
DE10057770A1 (en) * 2000-11-22 2002-05-23 Beiersdorf Ag Cosmetic or dermatological composition comprises dispersed liquid crystals forming a cubic phase
US6465002B1 (en) 2000-03-13 2002-10-15 Brown University Research Foundation Liquid crystalline polymers
US6656385B2 (en) 2001-02-21 2003-12-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Functionalized cubic liquid crystalline phase materials and methods for their preparation and use
WO2003106382A2 (en) * 2002-06-13 2003-12-24 Lyotropic Therapeutics, Inc. Reversed liquid crystalline phases with non-paraffin hydrophobes
US6773627B2 (en) 2000-06-29 2004-08-10 Children's Hospital Research Foundation Cubic liquid crystalline compositions and methods for their preparation
EP1545622A1 (en) * 2002-07-20 2005-06-29 Korea Institute of Science and Technology Mucoadhesive composition and formulation for solubilization of insoluble drugs and preparation method thereof
US6936187B2 (en) 2001-02-21 2005-08-30 Matthew Lawrence Lynch Functionalized cubic liquid crystalline phase materials and methods for their preparation and use
EP1667656A1 (en) * 2003-09-01 2006-06-14 FH Faulding &amp; Co. Limited Compositions and methods for delivery of biologically active agents
WO2006075124A1 (en) * 2005-01-14 2006-07-20 Camurus Ab Somatostatin analogue formulations
WO2006075125A1 (en) * 2005-01-14 2006-07-20 Camurus Ab GnRH ANALOGUE FORMULATIONS
WO2006077362A1 (en) * 2005-01-21 2006-07-27 Camurus Ab Pharmaceutical lipid compositions
US7731947B2 (en) 2003-11-17 2010-06-08 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Composition and dosage form comprising an interferon particle formulation and suspending vehicle
EP2206495A1 (en) * 2005-01-14 2010-07-14 Camurus AB Topical bioadhesive formulations
WO2010150262A3 (en) * 2009-06-25 2011-04-14 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem, Ltd. Reverse hexagonal mesophases (hii) and uses thereof
CN101123949B (en) * 2005-01-21 2012-06-13 卡穆鲁斯公司 Medicine lipid composition
US8546326B2 (en) 2005-06-06 2013-10-01 Camurus Ab Glp-1 analogue formulations
US8871712B2 (en) 2005-01-14 2014-10-28 Camurus Ab Somatostatin analogue formulations
WO2014179845A1 (en) * 2013-05-09 2014-11-13 Zeenar Enterprises Pty Ltd Niacin formulation
EP2961414A4 (en) * 2013-02-28 2016-10-19 Chong Kun Dang Pharm Corp Composition for gene delivery comprising chitosan and liquid crystal formation material
US9526787B2 (en) 2011-08-30 2016-12-27 Chong Kun Dang Pharmaceutical Corp. Sustained-release lipid pre-concentrate of pharmacologically active substance and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
US9526763B2 (en) 2005-02-03 2016-12-27 Intarcia Therapeutics Inc. Solvent/polymer solutions as suspension vehicles
US9539200B2 (en) 2005-02-03 2017-01-10 Intarcia Therapeutics Inc. Two-piece, internal-channel osmotic delivery system flow modulator
WO2016195338A3 (en) * 2015-05-29 2017-01-26 서울대학교산학협력단 Liquid crystal nanoparticles, preparation method therefor, drug delivery system containing lipophilic drug-incorporated liquid crystal nanoparticles
US9572889B2 (en) 2008-02-13 2017-02-21 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Devices, formulations, and methods for delivery of multiple beneficial agents
US9649382B2 (en) 2005-01-14 2017-05-16 Camurus Ab Topical bioadhesive formulations
US9668967B2 (en) 2008-08-22 2017-06-06 Camurus Ab Lipid formulations comprising a thiolated antioxidant
US9682127B2 (en) 2005-02-03 2017-06-20 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Osmotic delivery device comprising an insulinotropic peptide and uses thereof
US9820934B2 (en) 2007-08-22 2017-11-21 Camurus Ab Acid containing lipid formulations
US9889085B1 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-02-13 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Therapeutic methods for the treatment of diabetes and related conditions for patients with high baseline HbA1c
RU2646487C2 (en) * 2012-12-28 2018-03-05 Чонг Кун Данг Фармасьютикал Корп. Lipid preconcentrate of gnrh analogues with delayed release, and pharmaceutical composition containing it
US9974861B2 (en) 2007-06-15 2018-05-22 Camurus Ab Peptide slow-release formulations
USD835783S1 (en) 2016-06-02 2018-12-11 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Implant placement guide
US10159714B2 (en) 2011-02-16 2018-12-25 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions, devices and methods of use thereof for the treatment of cancers
US10231923B2 (en) 2009-09-28 2019-03-19 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Rapid establishment and/or termination of substantial steady-state drug delivery
USD860451S1 (en) 2016-06-02 2019-09-17 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Implant removal tool
US10501517B2 (en) 2016-05-16 2019-12-10 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Glucagon-receptor selective polypeptides and methods of use thereof
US10527170B2 (en) 2006-08-09 2020-01-07 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Osmotic delivery systems and piston assemblies for use therein
US10835580B2 (en) 2017-01-03 2020-11-17 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Methods comprising continuous administration of a GLP-1 receptor agonist and co-administration of a drug
US10925639B2 (en) 2015-06-03 2021-02-23 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Implant placement and removal systems
CN112791047A (en) * 2021-01-15 2021-05-14 中国人民解放军总医院第三医学中心 Resveratrol lamellar liquid crystal and preparation method thereof
US11246913B2 (en) 2005-02-03 2022-02-15 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Suspension formulation comprising an insulinotropic peptide
CN114632059A (en) * 2020-12-15 2022-06-17 南京海辰药业股份有限公司 Intravenous infusion liquid preparation containing Reidesvir and preparation method thereof
US11672843B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2023-06-13 Camurus Ab Somatostatin receptor agonist formulations

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090075860A1 (en) 2005-04-28 2009-03-19 Japan Science And Technology Agency Transdermal absorption enhancer
US20080219935A1 (en) * 2005-07-08 2008-09-11 Sang-Hoon Kwak Phase Transitive Breath Care Products
IN2014DN06911A (en) * 2012-01-31 2015-05-15 Santen Pharmaceutical Co Ltd
JP6289075B2 (en) * 2013-01-25 2018-03-07 ロート製薬株式会社 Composition for external use

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0429224A1 (en) * 1989-11-17 1991-05-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Use of monoolein in the treatment of the periodontal pocket
WO1993019736A1 (en) * 1992-03-27 1993-10-14 Kabi Pharmacia Ab A pharmaceutical carrier system containing defined lipids
WO1995031217A1 (en) * 1994-05-16 1995-11-23 Dumex-Alpharma A/S Tocopherol compositions for delivery of biologically active agents
WO1995034287A1 (en) * 1994-06-15 1995-12-21 Gs Development Ab Lipid based composition containing diacylglycerol, phospholipid, polar liquid and biologically active material
WO1997013528A1 (en) * 1995-10-12 1997-04-17 Gs Development Ab A pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to or through a skin or mucosal surface

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0429224A1 (en) * 1989-11-17 1991-05-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Use of monoolein in the treatment of the periodontal pocket
WO1993019736A1 (en) * 1992-03-27 1993-10-14 Kabi Pharmacia Ab A pharmaceutical carrier system containing defined lipids
WO1995031217A1 (en) * 1994-05-16 1995-11-23 Dumex-Alpharma A/S Tocopherol compositions for delivery of biologically active agents
WO1995034287A1 (en) * 1994-06-15 1995-12-21 Gs Development Ab Lipid based composition containing diacylglycerol, phospholipid, polar liquid and biologically active material
WO1997013528A1 (en) * 1995-10-12 1997-04-17 Gs Development Ab A pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to or through a skin or mucosal surface

Cited By (86)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1419789A2 (en) * 1998-01-14 2004-05-19 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Preparation of a lipid blend and a phospholipid suspension containing the lipid blend, and contrast agents based on these
WO1999036104A3 (en) * 1998-01-14 2000-01-13 Du Pont Pharm Co Preparation of a lipid blend and a phospholipid suspension containing the lipid blend, and contrast agents based on these
US9545457B2 (en) 1998-01-14 2017-01-17 Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. Preparation of a lipid blend and a phospholipid suspension containing the lipid blend
WO1999036104A2 (en) * 1998-01-14 1999-07-22 Du Pont Pharmaceuticals Company Preparation of a lipid blend and a phospholipid suspension containing the lipid blend, and contrast agents based on these
EP1419789A3 (en) * 1998-01-14 2004-05-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Preparation of a lipid blend and a phospholipid suspension containing the lipid blend, and contrast agents based on these
WO2001010411A2 (en) * 1999-08-06 2001-02-15 Max-Delbrück-Centrum für Molekulare Medizin Implantable active ingredient depot
WO2001010411A3 (en) * 1999-08-06 2001-06-21 Max Delbrueck Centrum Implantable active ingredient depot
US7556827B1 (en) 1999-08-06 2009-07-07 Max-Delbrück-Centrum-für Molekulare Medizin Implantable active ingredient depot
JP2003506397A (en) * 1999-08-06 2003-02-18 マックス−デルブルック−セントルム フュア モレキュラー メディツィン Implantable active ingredient depot
US6465002B1 (en) 2000-03-13 2002-10-15 Brown University Research Foundation Liquid crystalline polymers
US6696075B2 (en) 2000-03-13 2004-02-24 Brown University Research Foundation Liquid crystalline polymers
US6773627B2 (en) 2000-06-29 2004-08-10 Children's Hospital Research Foundation Cubic liquid crystalline compositions and methods for their preparation
DE10057770A1 (en) * 2000-11-22 2002-05-23 Beiersdorf Ag Cosmetic or dermatological composition comprises dispersed liquid crystals forming a cubic phase
DE10057767A1 (en) * 2000-11-22 2002-05-23 Beiersdorf Ag Deodorant and antiperspirant composition comprises dispersed liquid crystals forming a cubic phase
US6936187B2 (en) 2001-02-21 2005-08-30 Matthew Lawrence Lynch Functionalized cubic liquid crystalline phase materials and methods for their preparation and use
US6656385B2 (en) 2001-02-21 2003-12-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Functionalized cubic liquid crystalline phase materials and methods for their preparation and use
CN1324112C (en) * 2001-02-21 2007-07-04 儿童医院医学中心 Functionalized cubic liquid crystalline phase materials and methods for their preparation and use
AU2003243509B2 (en) * 2002-06-13 2009-08-20 Lyotropic Therapeutics, Inc. Reversed liquid crystalline phases with non-paraffin hydrophobes
WO2003106382A2 (en) * 2002-06-13 2003-12-24 Lyotropic Therapeutics, Inc. Reversed liquid crystalline phases with non-paraffin hydrophobes
WO2003106382A3 (en) * 2002-06-13 2004-07-22 Lyotropic Therapeutics Inc Reversed liquid crystalline phases with non-paraffin hydrophobes
EP1545622A1 (en) * 2002-07-20 2005-06-29 Korea Institute of Science and Technology Mucoadhesive composition and formulation for solubilization of insoluble drugs and preparation method thereof
EP1545622A4 (en) * 2002-07-20 2009-12-23 Daehwa Pharm Co Ltd Mucoadhesive composition and formulation for solubilization of insoluble drugs and preparation method thereof
US8398967B2 (en) 2002-12-19 2013-03-19 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Particle formulations for use in pharmaceutical compositions
EP1667656A1 (en) * 2003-09-01 2006-06-14 FH Faulding &amp; Co. Limited Compositions and methods for delivery of biologically active agents
EP1667656A4 (en) * 2003-09-01 2011-12-28 Mayne Pharma Int Pty Ltd Compositions and methods for delivery of biologically active agents
US9724293B2 (en) 2003-11-17 2017-08-08 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of manufacturing viscous liquid pharmaceutical formulations
US7964183B2 (en) 2003-11-17 2011-06-21 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Composition and dosage form comprising a particle formulation and suspending vehicle
US7731947B2 (en) 2003-11-17 2010-06-08 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Composition and dosage form comprising an interferon particle formulation and suspending vehicle
US8257691B2 (en) 2003-11-17 2012-09-04 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Composition and dosage form comprising a particle formulation and suspending vehicle
EP2206495A1 (en) * 2005-01-14 2010-07-14 Camurus AB Topical bioadhesive formulations
US9968680B2 (en) 2005-01-14 2018-05-15 Camurus Ab Topical bioadhesive formulations
WO2006075124A1 (en) * 2005-01-14 2006-07-20 Camurus Ab Somatostatin analogue formulations
US9757461B2 (en) 2005-01-14 2017-09-12 Camurus Ab GnRH analogue formulations
US8871712B2 (en) 2005-01-14 2014-10-28 Camurus Ab Somatostatin analogue formulations
WO2006075125A1 (en) * 2005-01-14 2006-07-20 Camurus Ab GnRH ANALOGUE FORMULATIONS
US8920782B2 (en) 2005-01-14 2014-12-30 Camurus Ab Topical bioadhesive formulations
US9649382B2 (en) 2005-01-14 2017-05-16 Camurus Ab Topical bioadhesive formulations
WO2006075123A1 (en) * 2005-01-14 2006-07-20 Camurus Ab Topical bioadhesive formulations
US9526788B2 (en) 2005-01-21 2016-12-27 Camurus Ab Pharmaceutical lipid compositions
CN101123949B (en) * 2005-01-21 2012-06-13 卡穆鲁斯公司 Medicine lipid composition
WO2006077362A1 (en) * 2005-01-21 2006-07-27 Camurus Ab Pharmaceutical lipid compositions
US9060935B2 (en) 2005-01-21 2015-06-23 Camurus Ab Pharmaceutical lipid compositions
US11246913B2 (en) 2005-02-03 2022-02-15 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Suspension formulation comprising an insulinotropic peptide
US9682127B2 (en) 2005-02-03 2017-06-20 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Osmotic delivery device comprising an insulinotropic peptide and uses thereof
US9526763B2 (en) 2005-02-03 2016-12-27 Intarcia Therapeutics Inc. Solvent/polymer solutions as suspension vehicles
US9539200B2 (en) 2005-02-03 2017-01-10 Intarcia Therapeutics Inc. Two-piece, internal-channel osmotic delivery system flow modulator
US10363287B2 (en) 2005-02-03 2019-07-30 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Method of manufacturing an osmotic delivery device
US8546326B2 (en) 2005-06-06 2013-10-01 Camurus Ab Glp-1 analogue formulations
US10527170B2 (en) 2006-08-09 2020-01-07 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Osmotic delivery systems and piston assemblies for use therein
US9974861B2 (en) 2007-06-15 2018-05-22 Camurus Ab Peptide slow-release formulations
US9820934B2 (en) 2007-08-22 2017-11-21 Camurus Ab Acid containing lipid formulations
US9572889B2 (en) 2008-02-13 2017-02-21 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Devices, formulations, and methods for delivery of multiple beneficial agents
US10441528B2 (en) 2008-02-13 2019-10-15 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Devices, formulations, and methods for delivery of multiple beneficial agents
US9668967B2 (en) 2008-08-22 2017-06-06 Camurus Ab Lipid formulations comprising a thiolated antioxidant
WO2010150262A3 (en) * 2009-06-25 2011-04-14 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem, Ltd. Reverse hexagonal mesophases (hii) and uses thereof
US20130034538A1 (en) * 2009-06-25 2013-02-07 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem, Ltd. Reverse hexagonal mesophases (hii) and uses thereof
US10149824B2 (en) 2009-06-25 2018-12-11 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Ltd. Reverse hexagonal mesophases (HII) and uses thereof
US10869830B2 (en) 2009-09-28 2020-12-22 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Rapid establishment and/or termination of substantial steady-state drug delivery
US10231923B2 (en) 2009-09-28 2019-03-19 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Rapid establishment and/or termination of substantial steady-state drug delivery
US10159714B2 (en) 2011-02-16 2018-12-25 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions, devices and methods of use thereof for the treatment of cancers
US9526787B2 (en) 2011-08-30 2016-12-27 Chong Kun Dang Pharmaceutical Corp. Sustained-release lipid pre-concentrate of pharmacologically active substance and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
US11672843B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2023-06-13 Camurus Ab Somatostatin receptor agonist formulations
US10722585B2 (en) 2012-12-28 2020-07-28 Chong Kun Dang Pharmaceutical Corp. Sustained-release lipid pre-concentrate of GNRH analogues and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
RU2646487C2 (en) * 2012-12-28 2018-03-05 Чонг Кун Данг Фармасьютикал Корп. Lipid preconcentrate of gnrh analogues with delayed release, and pharmaceutical composition containing it
US11318215B2 (en) 2013-02-28 2022-05-03 Chong Kun Dang Pharmaceutical Corp. Composition for gene delivery comprising chitosan and liquid crystal formation material
EP2961414A4 (en) * 2013-02-28 2016-10-19 Chong Kun Dang Pharm Corp Composition for gene delivery comprising chitosan and liquid crystal formation material
US10335403B2 (en) 2013-05-09 2019-07-02 Zeenar Enterprise Pty Ltd Niacin formulation
US10105358B2 (en) 2013-05-09 2018-10-23 Zeenar Enterprises Pty Ltd Niacin formulation
WO2014179845A1 (en) * 2013-05-09 2014-11-13 Zeenar Enterprises Pty Ltd Niacin formulation
US20160081996A1 (en) * 2013-05-09 2016-03-24 Zeenar Enterprises Pty Ltd Niacin Formulation
US9889085B1 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-02-13 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Therapeutic methods for the treatment of diabetes and related conditions for patients with high baseline HbA1c
US10583080B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2020-03-10 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Therapeutic methods for the treatment of diabetes and related conditions for patients with high baseline HbA1c
WO2016195338A3 (en) * 2015-05-29 2017-01-26 서울대학교산학협력단 Liquid crystal nanoparticles, preparation method therefor, drug delivery system containing lipophilic drug-incorporated liquid crystal nanoparticles
US10925639B2 (en) 2015-06-03 2021-02-23 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Implant placement and removal systems
US11214607B2 (en) 2016-05-16 2022-01-04 Intarcia Therapeutics Inc. Glucagon-receptor selective polypeptides and methods of use thereof
US10501517B2 (en) 2016-05-16 2019-12-10 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Glucagon-receptor selective polypeptides and methods of use thereof
US11840559B2 (en) 2016-05-16 2023-12-12 I2O Therapeutics, Inc. Glucagon-receptor selective polypeptides and methods of use thereof
USD860451S1 (en) 2016-06-02 2019-09-17 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Implant removal tool
USD840030S1 (en) 2016-06-02 2019-02-05 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Implant placement guide
USD962433S1 (en) 2016-06-02 2022-08-30 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Implant placement guide
USD835783S1 (en) 2016-06-02 2018-12-11 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Implant placement guide
USD912249S1 (en) 2016-06-02 2021-03-02 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Implant removal tool
US10835580B2 (en) 2017-01-03 2020-11-17 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Methods comprising continuous administration of a GLP-1 receptor agonist and co-administration of a drug
US11654183B2 (en) 2017-01-03 2023-05-23 Intarcia Therapeutics, Inc. Methods comprising continuous administration of exenatide and co-administration of a drug
CN114632059A (en) * 2020-12-15 2022-06-17 南京海辰药业股份有限公司 Intravenous infusion liquid preparation containing Reidesvir and preparation method thereof
CN112791047A (en) * 2021-01-15 2021-05-14 中国人民解放军总医院第三医学中心 Resveratrol lamellar liquid crystal and preparation method thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP0975331A1 (en) 2000-02-02
JP2001524958A (en) 2001-12-04
AU6919598A (en) 1998-11-13
CA2286052A1 (en) 1998-10-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU702030B2 (en) A pharmaceutical composition for administration of an active substance to or through a skin or mucosal surface
WO1998047487A1 (en) A novel bioadhesive drug delivery system based on liquid crystals
US5955502A (en) Use of fatty acid esters as bioadhesive substances
US6228383B1 (en) Use of fatty acid esters as bioadhesive substances
AU2004291162B2 (en) Composition and dosage form comprising an amphiphilic molecule as a suspension vehicle
JPH08505850A (en) Antiviral topical pharmaceutical composition
ZA200604967B (en) Composition and dosage form comprising an amphiphilic molecule as a suspension vehicle
CZ2004778A3 (en) Pharmaceutical formulation comprising cyclosporin and use thereof
JP2023139134A (en) Fenoldopam topical formulations for treating skin disorders
KR100866979B1 (en) Microemulsion based hydrogel comprising itraconazole and preparation method thereof
US20040241217A1 (en) Method for administration of immune modulators in systemic and localized immune disorders

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ CZ DE DE DK DK EE EE ES FI FI GB GE GH GM GW HU ID IL IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG US UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2286052

Country of ref document: CA

Ref country code: CA

Ref document number: 2286052

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

Ref document number: 1998 544757

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1998914850

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 09403354

Country of ref document: US

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1998914850

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 1998914850

Country of ref document: EP